R E F E R E N C E S

33
669 REFERENCES AARP. (2002). In brief: Servicing the affordable housing needs of older low-income renters: A survey of low-income housing tax credit properties. Retrieved July 14, 2004, from http://www.aarp.org/research AARP. (2003a). In brief: Poverty experience of older persons: A poverty study from a long-term perspective. Retrieved August 1, 2004, from http:// www.aarp.org/research AARP. (2003b). Standing ahead of the curve 2003: The AARP working in retirement study. Washington, DC. AARP. (2004a). Portrait of minority elders. Retrieved July 16, 2004, from http://www.aarp.org/research AARP. (2004b). Census 2000 data about grandparents. Retrieved July 18, 2004, from http://www.aarp.org/slife/grandparents Abel, E., & Sokol, R. (1987). Incidence of fetal alcohol syndrome and economic impact of FAS-related anomalies. Drug & Alcohol Depen- dence, 19, 51–70. Abuelo, D. N. (1983). Genetic disorders. In J. L. Matson & J. A. Muilick (Eds.), Handbook of mental retardation (pp. 127–143). New York: Perga- mon Press. Achenbach, T. M. (1991). Child behavior checklist. Burlington: University of Vermont Department of Psychiatry. Achenbach, T. M., & Edelbrock, C. (1983). Manual for the child behavior checklist and revised child behavior profile. Burlington: University of Vermont Department of Psychiatry. Achenbach, T. M., McConaughy, S. H., & Howell, C. T. (1987). Child/ adolescent behavioral and emotional problems: Implications of cross-informant correlations for situational specificity. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 213–232. Achenbaum, W. A., & Bengston, V. L. (1994). Re-engaging the disengage- ment theory of aging: On the history and assessment of theory development in gerontology. The Gerontologist, 34, 756–763. Adams, B. N. (1986). The family: A sociological interpretation (4th ed.). San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. Adams, G. R., & Gullotta, T. (1989). Adolescent life experiences. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole. Adams, K. B. (2004). Changing investment in activities and interests in elders’ lives: Theory and measurement. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 58(2), 87–108. Adams, K. B., & Sanders, S. (2004). Alzheimer’s caregiver differences in experience of loss, grief reactions and depressive symptoms across stage of disease. Dementia, 3(2), 195–210. Adams, K. B., Sanders, S., & Auth, E. (2004). Risk and resilience factors of loneliness and depression in residents of independent living retirement communities. Aging and Mental Health, 8(6), 465–475. Adams, M., Blumenfeld, W., Castaneda, R., Hackman, H., Peters, M., & Zuniga, X. (2000). Readings for diversity and social justice: An anthology on racism, anti-semitism, sexism, heterosexism, ableism, and classism. New York: Routledge. Adams, R. G., Blieszner, R., & de Vries, B. (2000). Definitions of friendship in the third age: Gender and study location effects. Journal of Aging Studies, 14(1), 117–133. Adler, J. (1997, December 15). A matter of faith. Time, 49–54. Adler, N., & Stewart, J. (2004). Self-esteem. Psychosocial working group. John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Research Network on Socio-economic Status and Health. Retrieved from http://www.macses.ucsf.edu/ research/Psychosocial/notebook/selfesteem.html#Bibliography Adler, S. R., Fosket, J. R., Kagawa-Singer, M., McGraw, S. A., Wong-Kin, E., Gold, E., et al. (2000). Conceptualizing menopause and midlife: Chinese American and Chinese Women in the U.S. Maturitas, 35, 11–23. Adler, T. (1989, August). Shy monkeys are born, not made. APA Monitor, 5. Adler, T. (1990, December). Melody is the message of infant-directed speech. APA Monitor, 9. Adler, T. (1990, July). Genes and behavior: Old tune in a new key? APA Monitor, 8–9. Administration on Aging. (2004a). A profile of older Americans (2003). Washington, DC: Author. Administration on Aging. (2004b). Elder abuse. Retrieved August 3, 2004, from http://www.aoa.gov/eldfam Ainsworth, M. D. S., Blehar, M., Waters, E., & Wall, S. (1978). Patterns of attachment. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. Ajzen, I. (1987). Attitudes, traits, and actions: Dispositional prediction of behavior in personality and social psychology. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology (pp. 46–62). New York: Academic Press. Akkerman, R., & Ostwald, S. (2004). Reducing anxiety in Alzheimer’s disease family caregivers: The effectiveness of a nine-week cognitive- behavioral intervention. American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease and Other Dementias, 19(2), 117–123. Alcoholics Anonymous. (2000). Alcoholics Anonymous. Alcoholics Anonymous World Services: New York. Alcoholics Anonymous. (2002). Alcoholics Anonymous: This is how many thousands of men and women recovered from alcoholism. Alcoholics Anonymous World Services: New York. Alderman, A. (1997). The scarred soul: Understanding and ending self-inflicted violence. New York: Harbinger Press. Aldwin, C. M., Spiro, A., III, Levenson, M. R., & Cupertino, A. P. (2001). Longitudinal findings from the normative aging study: III. Personality, Individual Health Trajectories, and Morality. Psychology and Aging, 16, 450–465. Alexander, J. F., & Parsons, B. V. (1982). Functional family therapy. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole. Allen, K., Blieszner, R., & Roberto, K. (2000a). Families in the middle and later years: A review and critique of research in the 1990s. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62(4), 911–927. Allen, K., Blieszner, R., & Roberto, K. (2000b). Kin upgrading in older families: Mixing and postmodern relationships. Paper presented at the 62nd Annual Conference of the National Council on Family Relations, Minneapolis, MN. Allen-Meares, P., & Deroos, Y. (1997). The future of the social work profession. In M. Reisch, & E. Gambrill (Eds.), Social work in the 21st century (pp. 376–386). Thousand Oaks: Pine Forge Press. Allport, G. W. (1935). Attitudes. In M. Murchison (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 221–246). Worcester, MA: Clark University Press. Als, H., Lawhon, G., Duffy, F., McAnulty, G., Gibes-Grossman, R., & Blickman, J. (1994). Individualized developmental care for the very low birth weight preterm infant: Medical and neurofunctional effects. JAMA, 272, 853–858. Alspaugh, J. W. (1998). Achievement loss associated with the transition to middle school and high school. Journal of Educational Research, 92, 20–26. Altucher, K. A., & Williams, L. B. (2003). Family clocks: Timing parent- hood. In P. Moen (Ed.), It’s about time: Couples and careers (pp. 49–59). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press. Alzheimer’s Association. (2003a). African Americans and Alzheimer’s disease: The silent epidemic. Retrieved October 22, 2003, from http://www.alz.org Alzheimer’s Association. (2003b). Facts: About genes and Alzheimer’s disease. Chicago, IL: Author. Alzheimer’s Association. (2004). Standard prescriptions for Alzheimer’s. Retrieved July 10, 2004, from http://www.alz.org Amato, P. R. (1993). Family processes and the competence of adolescents and primary school children. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 18, 39–53. Amato, P. R. (2000). The consequences of divorce for adults and children. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62, 1269–1287. Amato, P. R., & Booth, A. (1996). A prospective study of divorce and parent- child relationships. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 58, 356–365. American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. (2000). Your child: Emotional, behavioral and cognitive development from birth through pre-adolescence. New York: HarperResource. American Academy of Pediatrics Task Force on Circumcision. (1999). Circumcision policy statement. Pediatrics, 103, 686–694. American Academy of Pediatrics. (1992). Positioning and sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS). Pediatrics, 89, 1120–1126. American Academy of Pediatrics. (1993). Investigation and review of unexpected infant and child deaths. Pediatrics, 92, 734–735. American Academy of Pediatrics. (1994). Distinguishing SIDS from child abuse fatalities. Pediatrics, 94, 124–126. American Academy of Pediatrics. (1996). Positioning and SIDS: Update. Pediatrics, 98, 1216–1218. American Academy of Pediatrics. (1997). Does bed sharing affect the risk of SIDS? Pediatrics, 100, 272. American Academy of Pediatrics. (1999a). Retrieved August 23, 2007, from http://www.aap.org/ American Academy of Pediatrics. (1999b, August 2). Press release: AAP discourages television for very young children [online]. Retrieved from http://www.aap.org/advocacy/releases/augdis.htm

Transcript of R E F E R E N C E S

669

R E F E R E N C E S

AARP. (2002). In brief: Servicing the affordable housing needs of older low-income renters: A survey of low-income housing tax credit properties. Retrieved July 14, 2004, from http://www.aarp.org/research

AARP. (2003a). In brief: Poverty experience of older persons: A poverty study from a long-term perspective. Retrieved August 1, 2004, from http://www.aarp.org/research

AARP. (2003b). Standing ahead of the curve 2003: The AARP working in retirement study. Washington, DC.

AARP. (2004a). Portrait of minority elders. Retrieved July 16, 2004, from http://www.aarp.org/research

AARP. (2004b). Census 2000 data about grandparents. Retrieved July 18, 2004, from http://www.aarp.org/slife/grandparents

Abel, E., & Sokol, R. (1987). Incidence of fetal alcohol syndrome and economic impact of FAS-related anomalies. Drug & Alcohol Depen-dence, 19, 51–70.

Abuelo, D. N. (1983). Genetic disorders. In J. L. Matson & J. A. Muilick (Eds.), Handbook of mental retardation (pp. 127–143). New York: Perga-mon Press.

Achenbach, T. M. (1991). Child behavior checklist. Burlington: University of Vermont Department of Psychiatry.

Achenbach, T. M., & Edelbrock, C. (1983). Manual for the child behavior checklist and revised child behavior profile. Burlington: University of Vermont Department of Psychiatry.

Achenbach, T. M., McConaughy, S. H., & Howell, C. T. (1987). Child/adolescent behavioral and emotional problems: Implications of cross-informant correlations for situational specificity. Psychological Bulletin, 101, 213–232.

Achenbaum, W. A., & Bengston, V. L. (1994). Re-engaging the disengage-ment theory of aging: On the history and assessment of theory development in gerontology. The Gerontologist, 34, 756–763.

Adams, B. N. (1986). The family: A sociological interpretation (4th ed.). San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Adams, G. R., & Gullotta, T. (1989). Adolescent life experiences. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Adams, K. B. (2004). Changing investment in activities and interests in elders’ lives: Theory and measurement. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 58(2), 87–108.

Adams, K. B., & Sanders, S. (2004). Alzheimer’s caregiver differences in experience of loss, grief reactions and depressive symptoms across stage of disease. Dementia, 3(2), 195–210.

Adams, K. B., Sanders, S., & Auth, E. (2004). Risk and resilience factors of loneliness and depression in residents of independent living retirement communities. Aging and Mental Health, 8(6), 465–475.

Adams, M., Blumenfeld, W., Castaneda, R., Hackman, H., Peters, M., & Zuniga, X. (2000). Readings for diversity and social justice: An anthology on racism, anti-semitism, sexism, heterosexism, ableism, and classism. New York: Routledge.

Adams, R. G., Blieszner, R., & de Vries, B. (2000). Definitions of friendship in the third age: Gender and study location effects. Journal of Aging Studies, 14(1), 117–133.

Adler, J. (1997, December 15). A matter of faith. Time, 49–54.Adler, N., & Stewart, J. (2004). Self-esteem. Psychosocial working group. John

D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Research Network on Socio-economic Status and Health. Retrieved from http://www.macses.ucsf.edu/research/Psychosocial/notebook/selfesteem.html#Bibliography

Adler, S. R., Fosket, J. R., Kagawa-Singer, M., McGraw, S. A., Wong-Kin, E., Gold, E., et al. (2000). Conceptualizing menopause and midlife: Chinese American and Chinese Women in the U.S. Maturitas, 35, 11–23.

Adler, T. (1989, August). Shy monkeys are born, not made. APA Monitor, 5.Adler, T. (1990, December). Melody is the message of infant-directed

speech. APA Monitor, 9.Adler, T. (1990, July). Genes and behavior: Old tune in a new key? APA

Monitor, 8–9.Administration on Aging. (2004a). A profile of older Americans (2003).

Washington, DC: Author.Administration on Aging. (2004b). Elder abuse. Retrieved August 3, 2004,

from http://www.aoa.gov/eldfamAinsworth, M. D. S., Blehar, M., Waters, E., & Wall, S. (1978). Patterns of

attachment. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.Ajzen, I. (1987). Attitudes, traits, and actions: Dispositional prediction of

behavior in personality and social psychology. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.),

Advances in experimental social psychology (pp. 46–62). New York: Academic Press.

Akkerman, R., & Ostwald, S. (2004). Reducing anxiety in Alzheimer’s disease family caregivers: The effectiveness of a nine-week cognitive-behavioral intervention. American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease and Other Dementias, 19(2), 117–123.

Alcoholics Anonymous. (2000). Alcoholics Anonymous. Alcoholics Anonymous World Services: New York.

Alcoholics Anonymous. (2002). Alcoholics Anonymous: This is how many thousands of men and women recovered from alcoholism. Alcoholics Anonymous World Services: New York.

Alderman, A. (1997). The scarred soul: Understanding and ending self-inflicted violence. New York: Harbinger Press.

Aldwin, C. M., Spiro, A., III, Levenson, M. R., & Cupertino, A. P. (2001). Longitudinal findings from the normative aging study: III. Personality, Individual Health Trajectories, and Morality. Psychology and Aging, 16, 450–465.

Alexander, J. F., & Parsons, B. V. (1982). Functional family therapy. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Allen, K., Blieszner, R., & Roberto, K. (2000a). Families in the middle and later years: A review and critique of research in the 1990s. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62(4), 911–927.

Allen, K., Blieszner, R., & Roberto, K. (2000b). Kin upgrading in older families: Mixing and postmodern relationships. Paper presented at the 62nd Annual Conference of the National Council on Family Relations, Minneapolis, MN.

Allen-Meares, P., & Deroos, Y. (1997). The future of the social work profession. In M. Reisch, & E. Gambrill (Eds.), Social work in the 21st century (pp. 376–386). Thousand Oaks: Pine Forge Press.

Allport, G. W. (1935). Attitudes. In M. Murchison (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 221–246). Worcester, MA: Clark University Press.

Als, H., Lawhon, G., Duffy, F., McAnulty, G., Gibes-Grossman, R., & Blickman, J. (1994). Individualized developmental care for the very low birth weight preterm infant: Medical and neurofunctional effects. JAMA, 272, 853–858.

Alspaugh, J. W. (1998). Achievement loss associated with the transition to middle school and high school. Journal of Educational Research, 92, 20–26.

Altucher, K. A., & Williams, L. B. (2003). Family clocks: Timing parent-hood. In P. Moen (Ed.), It’s about time: Couples and careers (pp. 49–59). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Alzheimer’s Association. (2003a). African Americans and Alzheimer’s disease: The silent epidemic. Retrieved October 22, 2003, from http://www.alz.org

Alzheimer’s Association. (2003b). Facts: About genes and Alzheimer’s disease. Chicago, IL: Author.

Alzheimer’s Association. (2004). Standard prescriptions for Alzheimer’s. Retrieved July 10, 2004, from http://www.alz.org

Amato, P. R. (1993). Family processes and the competence of adolescents and primary school children. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 18, 39–53.

Amato, P. R. (2000). The consequences of divorce for adults and children. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62, 1269–1287.

Amato, P. R., & Booth, A. (1996). A prospective study of divorce and parent-child relationships. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 58, 356–365.

American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. (2000). Your child: Emotional, behavioral and cognitive development from birth through pre-adolescence. New York: HarperResource.

American Academy of Pediatrics Task Force on Circumcision. (1999). Circumcision policy statement. Pediatrics, 103, 686–694.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (1992). Positioning and sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS). Pediatrics, 89, 1120–1126.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (1993). Investigation and review of unexpected infant and child deaths. Pediatrics, 92, 734–735.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (1994). Distinguishing SIDS from child abuse fatalities. Pediatrics, 94, 124–126.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (1996). Positioning and SIDS: Update. Pediatrics, 98, 1216–1218.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (1997). Does bed sharing affect the risk of SIDS? Pediatrics, 100, 272.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (1999a). Retrieved August 23, 2007, from http://www.aap.org/

American Academy of Pediatrics. (1999b, August 2). Press release: AAP discourages television for very young children [online]. Retrieved from http://www.aap.org/advocacy/releases/augdis.htm

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 66901691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 669 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

670 R E F E R E N C E S

Arnett, J. J. (2000, May). Emerging adulthood: A theory of development from the late teens through the twenties. American Psychologist, 55, 469–480.

Arnett, J. J. (2002). The psychology of globalization. American Psychologist, 57, 774–783.

Arnett, J. J. (2004). Emerging adulthood: The winding road from the late teens through the twenties. New York: Oxford University Press.

Aronson, E. (2000). Nobody left to hate: Teaching compassion after Columbine. New York: Worth Publishers.

Arsenio, W. F., & Lemerise, E. A. (2004). Aggression and moral develop-ment: Integrating social information processing and moral domain models. Child Development, 75, 987–1002.

Ashburn, S. S., Schuster, C. S., Grimm, W. A., & Goff, S. M. (1986). Language development during childhood. In C. Schuster & S. S. Ashburn (Eds.), The process of human development: A holistic life-span approach (pp. 257–276). Boston: Little, Brown.

Asher, J. (1987, April). Born to be shy? Psychology Today, 56–64.Asher, S. R., & Dodge, K. A. (1986). Identifying children who are rejected

by their peers. Developmental Psychology, 22, 444–449.Ashford, J. B. (1994). Child maltreatment interventions: Developments in

law, prevention and treatment. Criminal Justice Review, 19, 271–285.Ashford, J. B., & Faith, R. L. (2004). Testing models of justice and trust: A

study of mediation in child dependency disputes. Social Work Research, 28, 18–27.

Ashford, J. B., & Littrell, J. (1998). Psychopathology. In J. Figueira-McDonough, F. E. Netting, & A. Nichols-Casebolt (Eds.), The role of gender in practiced knowledge: Claiming half the human experience (pp. 127–159). New York: Garland Publishing, Inc.

Ashford, J. B., Gonzalez-Santin, E., & Perry, T. (2004). Native American Com-munity Health Center, Inc. Native Pathway’s Program Evaluation: Final Report. Washington, DC: Center for Substance Abuse Prevention.

Ashford, J. B., Sales, B. D., & Reid, W. H. (2001a). Introduction. In J. B. Ashford, B. D. Sales, & W. H. Reid (Eds.), Treating adult and juvenile offenders with special needs (pp. 3–27). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Ashford, J. B., Sales, B. D., & Reid, W. H. (2001b). Political, legal, and professional challenges to treating offenders with special needs. In J. B. Ashford, B. D. Sales, & W. H. Reid (Eds.), Treating adult and juvenile offenders with special needs (pp. 31–49). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Ashmore, R. D., & Jussim, L. (1997). Introduction: Toward a second cen-tury of the scientific analysis of self and identity. In R. D. Ashmore & L. Jussim (Eds.), Self and identity: Fundamental issues (pp. 3–19). New York: Oxford University Press.

Ashwill, M. A. (2005). Vietnam today: A guide to a nation at a crossroads. Yarmouth, ME: Intercultural Press.

The Asset Approach: 40 Elements of Health Development. (1997). The Search Institute. Retrieved from http://www.search-institute.org/

Atchley, R. (1989). A continuity theory of normal aging. The Gerontologist, 29(2), 183–190.

Atchley, R. (2000). Social forces and aging (9th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Atkinson, R., Misra, S., Ryan, S., & Turner, J. (2003). Referral paths, patient profiles and treatment adherence of older alcoholic men. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 25, 29–35.

Attie, I., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (1989). Development of eating problems in adolescent girls: A longitudinal study. Developmental Psychology, 25(1), 70–79.

Atwood, M. (1991). Cat’s eye. London: Virago.Austrian, S. G. (2002). Developmental theories: Through the life cycle. New

York: Columbia University Press.Averill, J. R. (1980). A constructivist view of emotion. In R. Plutchik &

H. Kellerman (Eds.), Emotion: Theory, research and experience: Vol. 1 Theories of emotion (pp. 305–339). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Averill, J. R. (1984). The acquisition of emotions during adulthood. In C. Z. Malatest & C. Izard (Eds.), Affective processes in adult development (pp. 225–243). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Averill, J. R. (1993). Illusions of anger. In R. B. Felson & J. T. Tedeschi (Eds.), Aggression and violence: Social interactionist perspective (pp. 171–192). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Avis, N. E., Crawford, S., & Johannes, C. B. (2002). Menopause. In G. M. Wingood & R. J. DeClemente (Eds.), Handbook of women’s sexual and reproductive health (pp. 367–391). New York: Kluwer.

Azar, B. (1995, May). Avoiding alcohol in real-world settings. APA Monitor, 20.Azar, B. (1995, June). Data released from child-care study. APA Monitor, 18.Azar, B. (1997, December). Learning begins even before babies are born,

scientists show. APA Monitor, 17.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (2000). Diagnosis and evaluation of the child with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (AC0002). Pediatrics, 105, 1158–1170.

American Academy of Pediatrics. (2002a). ADHD.Psychiatric News, 37, 20.American Academy of Pediatrics. (2002b, August). Responding to children’s

emotional needs during times of crisis: An important role for pediatricians. Retrieved March 1, 2003, from http://www.aap.org/terrorism

American Association of University Women (AAUW). (2001). Hostile hall-ways: Bullying, teasing and sexual harassment in school. Washington, DC: Author.

American Family Physician. (2002). Premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD). American Family Physician, 1–4.

American Family Physician. (2004). Osteoporosis. March 1, 2004. Retrieved January 12, 2009, from http://www.aafp.org/afp/20040301/1207ph.html

American Psychiatric Association. (1994). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders (4th ed.). Washington, DC: Author.

American Psychiatric Association. (2000). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders: DSM-IV-TR.

American Psychological Association. (1996). Potential warning signs for violence in children. Retrieved from http://helping.apa.org/family/warning.htm

American Psychological Association. (1997, August 17). APA news release: Cartoons still stereotype gender roles [online]. Retrieved from http://www.apa.org/releases.cartoon.html

American Psychological Association. (2002). Retrieved August 23, 2007, from http://www.apa.org

Americans for Divorce Reform. (2004). Statistics on adultery. Retrieved November 29, 2004, from http://www.divorcereform.org/stats.html

Ancelet, B. J., Edwards, J. D., & Pitre, G. (1991). Cajun country. Jackson: University of Mississippi Press.

Andersen, M. L., & Collins, P. H. (1995). Race, class and gender: An anthology. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Andersen, M. L., & Collins, P. H. (1998). Race, class and gender: An anthology (2nd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Andersen, M. L., & Collins, P. H. (2004). Race, class, and gender: An anthology (3rd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Andersen, M. L., & Taylor, H. F. (2003). Sociology: Understanding a diverse society (3rd ed.). Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.

Anderson, M., Kaufman, J., Simon, T. R., Barrios, L., Paulozzi, L., Ryan, G., et al. (2001). School-associated violent deaths in the United States, 1994–1997. Journal of the American Medical Association, 286, 1695–1702.

Anderson, R. E., & Carter, I. (1984). Human behavior in the social environ-ment: A social systems approach (3rd ed.). New York: Aldine.

Anderson, R. E., & Carter, I. (1990). Human behavior in the social environment: A social systems approach (4th ed.). New York: Aldine.

Andreasen, N. C. (1984). The broken brain: The biological revolution in psychiatry. New York: Harper & Row.

Andreasen, N. C., & Black, D. W. (1991). Introductory textbook of psychiatry. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press.

Andrews, D. A., & Bonta, J. (1998). The psychology of criminal conduct (2nd ed.). Cincinnati: Anderson Publishing.

Anetzberger, G. J. (2000). Caregiving: Primary cause of elder abuse? Generations, 24(11), 46–51.

Anfara, V. A., Mertens, S. B., & Caskey, M. M. (2007). The Young adolescent and the middle school. IAP Charlotte, North Carolina.

Angelillo, C., Rogoff, B., & Morelli, G. (2002). Age and kinship of young children’s partners in four communities. Unpublished manuscript.

Annie, E. Casey Foundation. (2004). Children at risk: State trends 1990–2004. Retrieved November 15, 2004, from http://www.aecf.org/kidscount

Apantaku, L. M. (2000). Breast cancer diagnosis and screening. American Family Physician, 62, 596–602.

Apgar, V. (1953). A proposal for a new method of evaluation in the new-born infant. Current Research in Anesthesia and Analgesia, 32, 260–267.

Applebaum, B. (2005). In the name of morality: Moral responsibility, whiteness and social justice education. Journal of Moral Education, 34, 277–290.

Appleby, G. A. (2001a). Dynamics of oppression and discrimination. In G. A. Appleby, E. Colon, & Julia Hamilton (Eds.), Diversity, oppression, and social functioning: Person in environment assessment and intervention (pp. 36–52). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Appleby, G. A. (2001b). Framework for practice with diverse and oppressed clients. In G. A. Appleby, E. Colon, & J. Hamilton (Eds.), Diversity, oppression, and social functioning. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Apter, T. (1995). Secret paths: Women in the new midlife. New York: Norton.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67001691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 670 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 671

Basow, S. A. (1992). Gender: Stereotypes and roles. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.Bass, E., & Davis, L. (1994). The courage to heal. New York: Perennial.Bateson, M. C. (1990). Composing a life. New York: Plume.Bauer, P. J., & Thanujeni, P. (2008). Memory and early brain development.

In: R. E. Tremblay, R. G. Barr, R. Peters, & M. Boivin (Eds.), Encyclopedia on early childhood development (pp. 112–138). Retrieved January 15, 2009, from http://www.childencyclopedia.com/documents/Bauer-Pathman ANGxp.pdf

Baum, E., Jarjoura, D., Polen, A., Faur, D., & Rutecki, G. (2003). Effective-ness of a group exercise program in a long-term care facility: A ran-domized pilot trial. Journal of American Medical Directors Associated, 4(2), 74–80.

Baumeister, D. (1997). The self and society: Changes, problems, and opportunities. In R. D. Ashmore & L. Jussim (Eds.), Self and identity: Fundamental issues (pp. 191–217). New York: Oxford University Press.

Baumeister, R. F. (2005). The cultural animal: Human nature, meaning and social life. New York: Oxford University Press.

Baumeister, R. F., & Bushman, B. J. (2009). Social Psychology: Human nature. Belmont: Thomson Wadsworth.

Baumgartner-Papageorgious, A. (1982). My daddy might have loved me: Student perceptions of differences between being male and being female. Denver, CO: Institute for Equality in Education.

Baumrind, D. (1971). Current patterns of parental authority. Developmental Psychology Monographs, 4(1, Part 2), 45–68.

Baumrind, D. (1991). Effective parenting during the early adolescent transi-tion. In P. A. Cowan & E. M. Heatherington (Eds.), Advances in family research Vol. 2. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Baylor, B. (1977/1978). The way to start a day. New York: Macmillan.Beal, C. R., & Belgrad, S. L. (1990). The development of message evaluation

skills in young children. Child Development, 61, 705–712.Beck, C. M., Rawlins, R. P., & Williams, S. R. (1988). Mental health psychiat-

ric nursing: Holistic life cycle approach. St. Louis, MO: C. V. Mosby.Becker, G., Beyene, Y., Newsom, E., & Mayen, N. (2003). Creating

continuity through mutual assistance: Intergenerational reciprocity in four ethnic groups. Journal of Gerontology Social Sciences, 58B, S151–S159.

Beckett, J. O., & Dungee-Anderson, D. (2000). Older persons of color: Asian/Pacific islander Americans, African Americans, Hispanic Americans, and American Indians. In R. L. Schneider, N. P. Kropf, & A. J. Kisor (Eds.), Gerontological social work: Knowledge, service settings and special populations (2nd ed., pp. 257–301). Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Beckett, J. O., & Johnson, H. C. (1995). Human development. The Encyclo-pedia of Social Work, 2, 1385–1405.

Beers, M. (2000). Age-related changes as a risk factor for medication-related problems. Generations: Quarterly Journal of the American Society on Aging, 14(4), 22–27.

Begley, S. (1988, March). All about twins. Reader’s Digest, 80–85.Begley, S. (1996). Your child’s brain, Newsweek, 55–61.Bellah, R. N., Madsen, R., Sullivan, W. M., Swidler, A., & Tipton, S. M.

(1996). Habits of the heart: Individuals and commitment in American life. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Bellinger, D., & Needleman, H. (1985). Prenatal and early postnatal exposure to lead: Developmental effects, correlates, and implications. International Journal of Mental Health, 14, 78–111.

Belsky, J. (1981). Early human experience: A family perspective. Develop-mental Psychology, 17, 3–23.

Belsky, J. (1985). Exploring differences in marital change across the transi-tion to parenthood: The role of violated expectations. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 47, 1037–1044.

Belsky, J. K. (1990). The psychology of aging: Theory, research, and interventions (2nd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Belsky, J., & Rovine, M. (1988). Nonmaternal care in the first year of life and the security of infant-parent attachment. Child Development, 59, 157–167.

Belsky, J., Gilstrap, B., & Rovine, M. (1984). The Pennsylvania infant and family development project: 1. Stability and change in mother-infant and father-infant interaction in a family setting at 1, 3, and 9 months. Child Development, 55, 692–705.

Bem, D. J. (1967). Self-perception: An alternative interpretation of cogni-tive dissonance phenomena. Psychological Review, 74, 183–200.

Bem, S. L. (1974). The measurement of psychological androgyny. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 42, 155–162.

Bem, S. L. (1977). On the utility of alternative procedures for assessing psychological androgyny. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 45, 196–205.

Bem, S. L. (1993). The lenses of gender: Transforming the debate on sexual inequality. Binghamton, NY: Vail-Ballou.

Azar, B. (1998, November). Early diagnosis of autism could help derail its effects. APA Monitor, 12, 14.

Backman, L., Small, B., & Wahlin, A. (2001). Aging and memory. In J. Birren & K. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the psychology of aging (5th ed., pp. 349–377). New York: Academic Press.

Bailey, J. M., Pillard, R. C., Neale, M. C., & Agyei, Y. (1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50, 217–223.

Baillargeon, R. (1987). Object permanence in 3½ and 4½-month-old infants. Developmental Psychology, 23, 655–664.

Baillargeon, R. (1995). A model of physical reasoning in infancy. In C. Rovee-Collier & L. Lipsett (Eds.), Advances in infancy research (Vol. 9, pp. 306–371). Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing.

Balaskas, J. (1992). Active birth: The new approach to giving birth naturally. Boston: Harvard Common Press.

Baldwin, J. R., & Hecht, M. L. (1995). The layered perspective of cultural (in)tolerance(s). In R. L. Waiseman (Ed.), Intercultural communication theory (pp. 18–32). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Bales, R. F. (1958). Task roles and social roles in problem-solving groups. In E. E. Maccoby, T. M. Newcomb, & E. L. Hartley (Eds.), Readings in social psychology (pp. 141–164). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Baltes, P. B., & Baltes, M. M. (1990). Psychological perspectives on success-ful aging: The model of selective optimization with compensation. In P. B., Baltes & M. M. Baltes (Eds.), Successful aging: Perspectives from the behavioral sciences (pp. 1–34). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bandura, A. (1965). Influence of models’ reinforcement contingencies on the acquisition of imitative responses. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1, 589–595.

Bandura, A. (1977). Social learning. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.Bandura, A. (1997). Self-effi cacy: The exercise of control. New York: W.H.

Freeman.Bandura, A., Ross, D., & Ross, S. (1963). Vicarious reinforcement and imi-

tative learning. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 67, 601–607.Bank, B. A., Seri, I., Ischiropoulos, H., Merrill, J., Rychik, J., & Ballard, R. A.

(1999). Changes in oxygenation with inhaled nitric oxide in severe bronchopulmonary dysplasia. Pediatrics, 103, 610–619.

Banton, M. (1994). Discrimination. Buckingham, England: Open University Press.

Barbach, L. G. (2000). The pause: Positive approaches to perimenopause and menopause. New York: Plume.

Barkely, R. A. (2000). Taking charge of ADHD, Revised edition: The complete, authoritative guide for parents. New York: Guilford Press.

Barkely, R. A. (2003). Does the treatment of ADHD with stimulants con-tribute to substance abuse? A 13-year prospective study. Pediatrics, 111, 97–109.

Barkley, R. A. (2006). Attention defi cit hyperactivity disorder: A handbook for diagnosis and treatment (3rd ed.). New York: Guilford.

Barlow, D. H., & Durand, V. M. (2005). Abnormal psychology: An integrative approach (4th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thomson.

Barnes, H., & Parry, J. (2004). Renegotiating identity and relationships: Men and women’s adjustments to retirement. Aging and Society, 24, 213–233.

Barnes, K. E. (1971). Preschool play norms: A replication. Developmental Psychology, 4, 99–103.

Bar-on, R., & Parker, J. D. The Handbook of Emotional Intelligence: Theory, Development, Assessment, and Application at Home, School and in the Workplace. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

Barranti, C., & Cohen, H. (2000). Lesbian and gay elders: An invisible minority. In R. Schneider, N. Kropf, & A. Kisor (Eds.), Gerontological social work: Knowledge, service settings, and special populations (2nd ed., pp. 343–367). Belmont, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Barry, B. (2001). Culture and equality. Cambridge: Polity.Bartels, A., & Zeki, S. (2004). The neural correlates of maternal and roman-

tic love. NeuroImage, 21, 1155–1166.Barth, R. P. (1996). Reducing the risk: Building skills to prevent pregnancy STD

and HIV (3rd ed.). Santa Cruz, CA: ETR Associates.Baruch, G. K., & Barnett, R. C. (1983). Adult daughters’ relationships with

their mothers. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 45, 601–606.Baruch, G. K., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (1984). The study of women in midlife.

In G. Baruch & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.), Women in midlife. New York: Plenum.

Baruth, L. G., & Manning, M. L. (1991). Multicultural counseling and psycho-therapy. New York: Merrill.

Baskin, T. W., & Enright, R. D. (2004). Intervention studies of forgiveness: A meta-analysis. Journal of Counseling and Devleopment, 82, 79–90.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67101691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 671 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

672 R E F E R E N C E S

Bishop, K. K. (2002). Family-centered services to infants and toddlers with, or at risk for disabilities: IDEA, Part C. In R. Constable, S. McDonald, & J. F. Flynn (Eds.), School social work: Practice, policy and research perspectives (5th ed., pp. 33–62). Chicago: Lyceum Press.

Bjorklund, D. F., & Bjorklund, B. R. (1992). Looking at children: An introduc-tion to child development. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Black, C., Paz, H., and DeBlassie, R. (1991). Counseling the hispanic male adolescent. Adolescence, 26, 223–232.

Black, D. J. (1976). The behavior of law. New York: Academic Press.Black, D., Gates, G., & Sanders, S. (2000). Demographics of the gay and

lesbian population in the United States: Evidence from available systematic data sources. Demography, 37, 139–154.

Blaine, B. (2000). The psychology of diversity: Perceiving and experiencing social difference. Mountain View, CA: Mayfield.

Blamey, A., Mutrie, N., & Aitchison, T. (1995). Health promotion by encouraged use of stairs. British Medical Journal, 311, 289–290.

Blando, J. (2001). Twice hidden: Older gay and lesbian couples, friends, and intimacy. Generations, 25, 87–89.

Blanker, M. H., Bosch, J. L., Groeneveld, F. P., Bohnen, A. M., Prins, A., Thomas, S., et al. (2001). Erectile and ejaculatory dysfunction in a community-based sample of men 50 to 78 years old: Prevalence, concern, and relation to sexual activity. Urology, 57, 763–768.

Blau, D. M., & Hagy, A. P. (1998). The demand for quality child care. Journal of Political Economy, 106, 104.

Blau, P. M. (1964). Exchange and power in social life. New York: John Wiley & Sons.

Blazer, D. (2002a). Depression in late life (3rd ed.). New York: Springer.Blazer, D. (2002b). Self-efficacy and depression in late life: A primary

prevention proposal. Aging and Mental Health 6(4), 315–324.Blazer, D. (2003). Depression in late life: Review and commentary. Journal

of Gerontology Medical Sciences, 58A(3), M249–M265.Blieszner, R. (2001). “She’ll be on my heart”: Intimacy among friends.

Generations: Quarterly Journal of the American Society on Aging, 25(2), 48–84.

Bloom, L. (1998). Language development: Emotional expression. Pediatrics, 102, 1272–1277.

Blow, F. C., Brower, K. J., Schulenberg, J. E., Demo-Dananberg, L. M., Young, J. P., & Beresford, T. P. (1992). The michigan alcoholism screening test—Geriatric version (MAST-G): A new elderly-specific screening instrument. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 16, 372.

Bly, R. (1992). Iron John. New York: HarperCollins.Boardman, S. K., & Horwitz, S. V. (1994). Constructive confl ict management

and social problems: An introduction. Journal of Social Issues, 50, 1–12.Boehm, W. W. (1958). The nature of social work. Social Work, 3, 10–18.Boehm, W. W. (1959). Objectives of the social work curriculum of the future

(Vol. 1). New York: Council of Social Work Education.Bogard, M. (1991). Feminist approaches for men in family therapy. New York:

Haworth Press.Bogatz, G. A., & Ball, S. (1972). The second year of Sesame Street: A continuing

evaluation. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.Bogenschneider, K., Wu, M., Raffaelli, M., & Tsay, J. C. (1998). “Other kids

drink, but not my kid”: Does parental awareness of adolescent alcohol use protect adolescents from risky consequences? Journal of Marriage and the Family, 60, 356–372.

Bohan-Baker, M., & Little, P. (2002). The transition to kindergarten: A review of current research and promising practices to involve families. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Family Research Project.

Bonkowski, S., & Yanos, J. (1992). Infant mental health: An expanding field for social work. Social Work, 37, 144–148.

Bonnesen, J., & Burgess, E. (2004). Senior moments: The acceptability of an ageist phase. Journal of Aging Studies, 18, 123–142.

Bonvillian, J. D., Orlansky, M. D., & Novack, L. L. (1983). Development milestones: Sign language acquisition and motor development. Child Development, 54, 1435–1445.

Bookwala, J., & Jacobs, J. (2004). Age, marital processes, and depressed affect. The Gerontological Society of America, 44(3), 328–338.

Booth, C. L., Barnard, K. E., Mitchell, S. K., & Spieker, S. J. (1987). Success-ful intervention with multiproblem mothers: Effects on the mother-infant relationship. Infant Mental Health Journal, 8, 288–306.

Boring, E. G. (1930). A new ambiguous figure. American Journal of Psychology, 42, 444.

Bornstein, M., & Sigman, M. (1986). Continuity in mental development from infancy. Child Development, 57, 251–274.

Bosma, H. A. (2001). Identity development: Adolescence through adult-hood. Identity, 1, 95–96.

Bender, D. A. (2002). Introduction to nutrition and metabolism. New York: Taylor and Francis.

Benedetto, A. E., & Olisky, T. (2001). Biracial youth: The role of the school counselor in racial identity development. Professional School Counsel-ing, 5, 1–5.

Benedict, H. (1979). Early lexical development: Comprehension and production. Journal of Child Language, 6, 183–200.

Benedict, R. (1946). The chrysanthemum and the sword. Boston: Houghton Miffl in.

Benjamins, M., Musick, M., Gold, D., & George, L. (2003). Age-related declines in activity level: The relationship between chronic illness and religious activities. The Journal of Gerontology Social Sciences, 58, S377–S385.

Benne, K. D., & Sheats, P. (1948). Functional roles of group members. Journal of Social Issues, 4, 41–49.

Bennett, D. (2004). Mild cognitive impairment. Clinics in Geriatric Medicine, 20, 15–25.

Benson, M. L. (2002). Crime and the life course: An introduction. Los Angeles: Roxbury Publishing Company.

Benson, P. L. (1990). The troubled journey: A portrait of 6th–12th grade youth. Minneapolis: The Search Institute.

Benson, P. L. (2006). All kids are our kids: What communities must do to raise caring and responsible children and adolescents (rev. ed.). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Benson, P. L. (2008). Sparks: How parents can help ignite the hidden strengths of teenagers. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Berck, J. (1992). No place to be: Voices of homeless children. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Berger, K. (2005). The Developing Person: Through the life span. New York: Worth Publishers.

Bergquist, W. H., Greenberg, E. M., & Klaum, G. A. (1993). In our fifties: Voices of men and women reinventing their lives. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Berk, L. E. (2004). Development through the lifespan (3rd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Berke, J. (2004). Demographics of hearing loss. Retrieved November 15, 2004, from http://deafness.about.com

Berkman, B., Maramaldi, P., Breon, E., & Howe, J. (2002). Social work gerontological assessment revisited. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 40(1/2), 1–14.

Berkman, L., & Glass, T. (2000). Social integration, social networks, social support, and health. In L. Berkman & I. Kawachi (Eds.), Social epidemi-ology (pp. 137–173). New York: Oxford University Press.

Berlin, S. B. (2002). Clinical social work practice: A cognitive-intergratice perspective. New York: Oxford University Press.

Berlyne, D. E. (1960). Conflict, arousal, and curiosity. New York: McGraw-Hill.Berman, P. S. (1997). Case conceptualization and treatment panning:

Exercises for integrating theory with practice. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

Bernstein, K. D., & Tiegerman-Farber, E. (2001). Language and communica-tion disorders in children (5th Edition). New York: Allyon & Bacon.

Berntsen, D., & Rubin, D. C. (2002). Emotionally charged autobiographical memories across the life span: The recall of happy, sad, traumatic and involuntary memories. Psychology and aging, 17, 636–652.

Berrick, J. D., & Gilbert, N. (1991). With the best of intentions: The child sexual abuse prevention movement. New York: Guilford Press.

Berry, P. (1993). Pathological findings in SIDS. Journal of Clinical Pathology, 45, 11.

Beutler, L., & Harwood, T. (1995). Prescriptive psychotherapies. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 4, 89–100.

Bialystock, E. (1997). Speaking another language may help children master reading. APA Monitor, 8.

Bialystok, E. (1999). Cognitive complexity and attentional control in the bilingual mind. Child Development, 70, 636–644.

Bialystok, E., Shenfield, T., & Codd, J. (2000). Languages, scripts, and the environment: Factors in developing concepts of print. Developmental Psychology, 36, 66–76.

Biema, D. V. (1996, November 11). Just say life skills: A new school anti-drug program outstrips D.A.R.E. Time, 18.

Bierman, K. L., Coie, J. D., Dodge, K. A., Greenberg, M. T., Lochman, J. E., McMahon, R. J., et al. (1999). Initial impact of the fast tract prevention trail for conduct problems: II. Classroom effects. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 67, 648–657.

Bigner, J. J., & Jacobsen, R. B. (1989). Parenting behaviors of homosexual and heterosexual fathers. Journal of Homosexuality, 18, 173–186.

Bilchik, S., Seymour, C., & Kreisher, K. (2001, December). Parents in prison. Corrections Today, 108–112.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67201691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 672 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 673

Brody, G. H. (1998). Sibling relationship quality: Its causes and conse-quences. Annual Review of Psychology, 49, 1–25.

Brody, J. E. (1987, January 21). Guidelines for parents on children’s TV viewing. New York Times.

Brodzinsky, D. M., & Pinderhughes, E. E. (2002). Parenting and child development in adoptive families. In M. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook of Parenting (2nd ed., Vol. 1, pp. 279–312). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Broman, C. (1993). Race differences in marital well-being. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 55, 724–732.

Bromberger, J. T., Meyer, P. M., Kravitz, H. M., Sommer, B., Cordal, A., & Powell, L. (2001). Psychologic distress and natural menopause: A multiethnic community study. American Journal of Public Health, 91, 1435–1442.

Bromwich, R. (1985, December). Vulnerable infants and risky environ-ments. Zero to Three, 7–12.

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1977). Toward an experimental ecology of human development. American Psychologist, 32, 513–531.

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1986). Ecology of the family as a context of human development: Research perspectives. Developmental Psychology, 22, 723–742.

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1996). Foreward. In R. B. Cairns, G. H. Elder, Jr., & J. Costello (Eds.), Developmental Science (pp. ix–xvii). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bronfenbrenner, U. (1999). Environments in developmental perspective: Theoretical and operational models. In S. L. Friedman & T. D. Wach (Eds.), Measuring environment across the life span (pp. 3–28). Washing-ton, DC: American Psychological Association.

Bronfenbrenner, U., & Ceci, S. J. (1994). Nature-nurture conceptualized in developmental perspective. A bioecological model. Psychological Review, 101, 568–586.

Brooks, C. (2000). Civil rights, liberalism, and the suppression of a Repub-lican political realignment in the United States, 1972 to 1996. Ameri-can Sociological Review, 65, 483–505.

Brooks, D. (2004). On paradise drive: How we live now (and always have) in the future tense. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Brooks, G. R. (1998). A new psychotherapy for traditional men. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.

Brooks-Gunn, J. (1986). Pubertal processes and girls’ psychological adapta-tion. In R. M. Lerner & T. T. Foch (Eds.), Biological psychosocial interac-tions in early adolescence: A life-span perspective (pp. 210–234). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Brooks-Gunn, J., & Duncan, G. J. (1997). The effects of poverty on children. The Future of Children, 7(2), 55–71.

Brooks-Gunn, J., & Lewis, M. (1984). The development of early self- recognition. Developmental Review, 4, 215–239.

Brooks-Gunn, J., Han, W. J., & Waldgogel, J. (2002). Maternal employ-ment and child cognitive outcomes in the first three years of life: The NICHD study of early child care. Child Development, 73, 1052–1072.

Brooks-Gunn, J., McCormick, M., & Heagarty, L. (1988). Preventing infant mortality and morbidity: Developmental perspectives. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 58, 288–295.

Brothers, L. (1990). The social brain: A project for integrating primate behavior and neurophysiology in a new domain. Concepts in Neuroscience, 1, 27–61.

Brotman, S., Ryan, B., & Cormier, R. (2003). The health and social service needs of gay and lesbian elders and their families in Canada. The Gerontologist, 43(2), 192–202.

Brower, A. M., & Nurius, P. S. (1993). Social cognition and individual change. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Brown, B. B. (1990). Peer groups and peer cultures. In S. S. Feldman & G. R. Elliott (Eds.), At the threshold: The developing adolescent (pp. 171–196). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Brown, C. C. (1976, November). It changed my life. Psychology Today, 48–112.Brown, J. V., Bakeman, R., Coles, C. D., Platzman, K. A., & Lynch, M. E.

(2004). Prenatal cocaine exposure: A comparison of 2-year-old children in parental and nonparental care. Child Development, 75, 1282–1295.

Brown, L. M., & Gilligan, C. (1992). Meeting at the crossroads. New York: Ballantine.

Brown, L. N. (1991). Groups for growth and change. New York: Longman.Brown, M. A., & Woods, N. F. (1986). Sex role orientation, sex typing, occu-

pational traditionalism, and premenstrual symptoms. In V. L. Olesen & N. F. Woods (Eds.), Culture, society, and menstruation (pp. 377–389). Washington, DC: Hemisphere.

Brown, R. (1958). Words and things. Glencoe, IL: Free Press.Brown, R. (1988). Group processes: Dynamics within and between groups.

New York: Blackwell.

Bosma, H. A., & Gerlsma, C. (2003). From early attachment relations to the adolescent and adult organization of self. In J. Valsiner & K. Connolly (Eds.), Handbook of developmental psychology (pp. 217–237). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Bosma, H. A., & Kunnen, E. S. (2001). Determinants and mechanisms in ego identity development: A review and synthesis. Developmental Review, 21, 39–66.

Boston Women’s Health Book Collective. (1992). When yogurt was illegal. Ms., 3, 38–39.

Botvin, G. J. (2000). Life skills training: Promoting health and personal develop-ment, level I. New York: Varsity.com

Botvin, G. J., Griffin, K. W., Diaz, T., & Ifill-Williams, M. (2001). Preventing binge drinking during early adolescence: One- and two-year follow-up of a school-based preventive intervention. Psychology of Addiction, 15, 360–365.

Bouchard, T. J., Jr., Lykken, D. T., McGue, M., Segal, N. L., & Tellegen, A. (1990). Sources of human psychological differences: The Minnesota study of twins reared apart. Science, 250, 223–228.

Bourne, L. E., Ekstrand, R. R., Dominowski, R. L. (1971). The psychology of thinking. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Bower, B. (2004). Teen brains on trial. Science News, 165(May 8), 299–301.Bowlby, J. (1958). The nature of the child’s tie to his mother. International

Journal of Psychoanalysis, 39, 350–373.Bowlby, J. (1980). Attachment and loss, vol. 3.: Loss, sadness and depression.

New York: Basic Books.Bowman, L. (2004). New research shows stark differences in teen brains.

Retrieved May 11, 2004, from http://www.shns.comBradley, R. (1987). Providing a stimulating and supportive home environ-

ment for young children. Physical and Occupational Therapy in Pediatrics, 7, 77–89.

Bradley, R., & Brisby, J. (1990). Assessment of the home environment. In J. Johnson & J. Goldman (Eds.), Developmental assessment in clinical child psychology (pp. 219–250). New York: Pergamon Press.

Bradley, R., Caldwell, B., Rock, S., Casey, P., & Nelson, J. (1987). The early development of low-birthweight infants: Relationship to health, fam-ily status, family context, family processes and parenting. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 10, 301–318.

Bradley, R., Whiteside, L., Mundfrom, D., Casey, P., Kelleher, K., & Pope, S. (1994). Contribution of early intervention and early caregiving experiences to resilience in low-birthweight, premature children living in poverty. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 23, 425–434.

Bradley, S. J., Oliver, G. D., Chernick, A. B., & Zucker, K. J. (1998). Experiment of nurture: Ablatio penis at 2 months, sex reassignment at 7 months, and psychosocial follow-up in young adulthood. Pediatrics, 102, 9–17.

Brandl, B. (2000). Power and control: Understanding domestic abuse in later life. Generations, 24(11), 39–45.

Brannon, L., & Feist, J. (1997). Health psychology. An introduction to behavior and health. Pacifi c Grove: Brooks/Cole.

Bray, J. H. (1999). From marriage to remarriage and beyond: Findings from the developmental issues in stepfamilies research project. In E. M. Heatherington (Ed.), Coping with divorce, single parenting, and remarriage: A risk and resiliency perspective (pp. 295–319). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Bremmer, J. (1988). Infancy. Norwich, UK: Page Bros.Bretherton, I., & Munholland, K. A. (1999). Internal working models

in attachment relationships: A construct revisited. In J. Cassidy & P. R. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment: Theory, research, and clinical applications (pp. 89–111). New York: Guilford Press.

Brice, M. (2003). Age ain’t nothing but a number: Black women explore midlife. New York: Beacon.

Briere, J., & Gil, E. (1998). Self-mutilation in clinical and general popula-tion samples: Prevalence, correlates, and functions. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 68, 609–620.

Brim, O. (1975). Macro-structural influences on child development and the need for childhood social indicators. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 45, 516–524.

Brim, O. G., Jr., & Kagan, J. (1980). Constancy and change: A view of the issues. In O. G. Brim Jr., & J. Kagan (Eds.), Constancy and change in human development (pp. 1–25). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Brinton, M. C., & Nee, V. (1998). The new institutionalism. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Broberg, A. G., Wessels, H., Lamb, M. E., & Hwang, C. P. (1997). Effects of day care on the development of cognitive abilities in 8-year-olds: A longitudinal study. Developmental Psychology, 33, 62–69.

Brock, W. M. (1980). The effects of day care: A review of the literature (ERIC Document Ed. 195–348). Los Alamitos, CA: Southwest Regional Laboratory for Educational Research and Development.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67301691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 673 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

674 R E F E R E N C E S

Campbell, F. A., & Ramey, C. T. (1994). Effects of early intervention on intellectual and academic achievement: A follow-up study of children from low-income families. Child Development, 65, 684–698.

Campbell, S. B., Cummings, E. M., & Davies, P. T. (2002). Developmental psychopathology and family process: Treatment, research and clinical impli-cations. New York: Guilford Press.

Campbell, W. H., & Rohrbaugh, R. M. (2006). The biopsychosocial formula-tion manual: A guide for mental health professionals. New York: Routledge Taylor & Francis Group.

Cancer Rates. (1998). U.S. Cancer rates declining. CNN Interactive, Retrieved March 13, 1998, from http://www.cnn.com/

Cancer Research (2008). UK breast cancer incidence statistics. Retrieved January 02, 2008 from http://info.cancerresearchuk.org/cancerstats

Canda, E. R. (1989). Religious content in social work education: A com-parative approach. Journal of Social Work Education, 25(1), 36–45.

Candace. (2003). Physical pain of cutting “relieves” mental pain of depression. Retrieved November 11, 2003, from http://www.depressedchild.org/candace.htm

Caplan, G. (1974). Support systems and community mental health. New York: Behavioral Publications.

Carlip, H. (1995). Girl power: Young women speak out. New York: Warner Books.Carlson, B. E. (1984). Children’s observations of interparental violence.

In Roberts A. R. (Ed.), Battered women and their families: Intervention strategies and treatment programs (pp. 147–167). New York: Simon & Schuster.

Carnegie Council on Adolescent Development. (1989). Turning points: Preparing youth for the 21st century. New York: Carnegie Corporation.

The Carolina Consortium on Human Development. (1996). Developmen-tal science: A collaborative statement. In R. B. Cairns, G. H. Elder, Jr., & J. Costello (Eds.), Developmental science (pp. 1–6). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Caroll, D. W. (2004). Psychology of language (4th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thomson.

Carr, D., House, J., Kessler, R., Nesse, R., Sonnega, J., & Wortman, C. (2000). Marital quality and psychological adjustment to widowhood among older adults: A longitudinal analysis. Journal of Gerontology, 55B(4), S197–S207.

Carskadon, M. A. (2004). Sleep. Retrieved October 12, 2004, from http://sleepfoundation.org

Carskadon, M. A. (Ed.). (2002). Adolescent sleep patterns: Biological, social, and psychological nuances. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Carstensen, L. (1992). Social and emotional patterns in adulthood. Psychology and Aging, 7, 331–386.

Carstensen, L., Pasupathi, M., & Mayr, U. (2000). Emotional experience in everyday life across the adult life span. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 79, 644–655.

Carter, B., & McGoldrick, M. (1988). The changing family life cycle: A frame-work for family therapy (2nd ed.). New York: Gardner.

Cartwright, D. (1968). The nature of group cohesiveness. In D. Cartwright & A. Zander (Eds.), Group dynamics: Research and theory (3rd ed., pp. 38–59). New York: Harper & Row.

Cartwright, D., & Zander, A. (1968). Motivational processes in groups: Introduction. In D. Cartwright & A. Zander (Eds.), Group dynamics (3rd ed., pp. 38–59). New York: Harper & Row.

Caspi, A., McClay, J., Moffi tt, T. E., Mill, J., Martin, J., Craig, I. W., et al. (2002). Role of genotype in the cycle of violence in maltreated children. Science, 297, 851–853.

Caspi, A., Sugden, K., Moffi tt, T. E., Taylor, A., Craig, I. W., Harrighton, H., et al. (2003). Infl uence of life stress on depression: Moderation by a polymorphism in the 5-HTT gene. Science, 301, 386–389.

Castells, M. (2002). The power of identity. Padstow, Cornwall, UK: Blackwell.Cavanaugh, J. C. (1997). Adult development and aging (3rd ed.). Pacific

Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.Center for Lesbian and Gay Rights. (2004). Retrieved November 23, 2004,

from http://www.center4civilrights.orgCenter for Substance Abuse Prevention; Substance Abuse and Mental

Health Services Administration. (1995, Spring). Prevention works! National Clearinghouse for Alcohol and Drug Information.

Centers for Disease Control. (1997, November 21). Update: Perinatally acquired HIV/AIDS—United States, 1997. Morbidity & Mortality Weekly Report, 46, 1086–1093.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2001). Births: Preliminary Data for 2001.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2001). Healthy aging: Prevent-ing disease and improving quality of life among older Americans. Atlanta: Department of Health and Human Services.

Brown, R. H. (1994). Reconstructing social theory after the postmodern critique. In H. W. Simons & M. Billig (Eds.), After postmodernism: Reconstructing ideology critique. London: Sage.

Brownlee, S., McGraw, D., & Vest, J. (1997, June 16). The place for vengeance. U.S. News and World Report, 25–32.

Bruckner-Gordon, F., Gangi, B. K., & Wallman, G. U. (1988). Making therapy work: Your guide to choosing, using, and ending therapy. New York: HarperCollins.

Bryant, S., & Demian. (1990, May/June). When lesbian and gay couples break up. Partners Newsletter for Gay and Lesbian Couples.

Buck, R. (1998). Human motivation and emotion (2nd ed.). Hoboken: Wiley.Budwig, N. (2003). The role of language in human development. In

J. Valsiner & K. Connolly (Eds.), Handbook of developmental psychology (pp. 217–237). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Buehlman, K. T., Gottman, J. M., & Katz, L. F. (1992). How a couple views their past predicts their future: Predicting divorce from an oral history interview. Journal of Family Psychology, 5, 295–318.

Bufe, C. (1987, November). AA: Guilt and God for the gullible. The Match! An Anarchist Journal. Excerpted in Utne Reader (1988, November/December), 54–55.

Bukowski, W. M. (1998). The company they keep: Friendships in childhood and adolescence. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Bullis, R. (1996). Spirituality in social work practice. Washington, DC: Taylor & Francis.

Bullock, L. F., & McFarlane, J. (1989). The birth-weight/battering connec-tion. American Journal of Nursing, 89, 1153–1155.

Burgess, A. W., & Holmstromm, L. L. (1985). Rape trauma syndrome and post traumatic stress response. In A. W. Burgess (Ed.), Rape and sexual assault: A research handbook (pp. 46–60). New York: Garland.

Burr, J. A., & Mutchler, J. E. (2003). English language skills, ethnic concen-tration, and household composition: Older Mexican immigrants. The Journals of Gerontology Series B, 58, S83–S92.

Burton, L. (1990). Teenage childbearing as an alternative life-course strategy in multigenerational black families. Human Nature, 2, 123–143.

Bush, M. E. L. (2004). Breaking the code of good intentions: Everyday forms of whiteness. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefi eld.

Buss, D. M. (1995). Evolutionary psychology: A new paradigm for psycho-logical science. Psychological Inquiry, 6, 1–30.

Buss, D. M. (1999). Evolutionary Psychology. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.Buss, D. M., & Kenrick, D. T. (1998). Evolutionary social psychology. In

D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Kiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of Social Psychology (pp. 982–1026). Boston: McGraw-Hill.

Butler, K. (1995, March/April). Caught in the crossfire. Family Therapy Networker, 25–29.

Butler, R. M. (1970). Social functioning framework: An approach to the human behavior and social environment sequence. New York: Council on Social Work Education.

Butler, R. N. (1963). The life review: An interpretation of reminiscence in the aged. Psychiatry, 26, 65–76.

Butler, R. N., Lewis, M., & Sunderland, T. (1991). Aging and mental health: Positive psychosocial and biomedical approaches (4th ed.). New York: Macmillan.

Butler, R. N., Lewis, M., & Sunderland, T. (1998). Aging and mental health (5th ed.). New York: Macmillan.

Byrne, B. (1998). The foundation of literacy. New York: Psychology Press.Cacioppo, J. T., Bernston, G. G., Sheridan, J. F., & McClintock, M. K.

(2000). Multilevel integrative analyses of human behavior social neuroscience and the complementing nature of social and biological approaches. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 829–843.

Cahill, S., South, K., & Spade, J. (2000). Outing age: Public policy issues affecting gay, lesbian, bisexual, and transgender elders. Policy Institute of the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force Foundation. New York.

Cairns, R. B., Elder, G. H., & Costello, E. H. (1996). Developmental science. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Caldwell, B., & Bradley, R. (1984). Home observation for measurement of the environment. Little Rock: University of Arkansas Press.

Call, J. D. (1964). Newborn approach behavior and early ego develop-ment. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 45, 286.

Calvert, S., & Calvert, P. (1992). Sociology today. London: Harvester/Wheatsheaf.Cameron, K., & Richardson, A. (2000). A guide to medication and aging.

Generations: Quarterly Journal of the American Society on Aging, 14(4), 8–21.

Camp, B. W., Blom, G. E., Herbert, F., & Van Doorninck, W. J. (1977). “Think aloud”: A program for developing self-control in young aggres-sive boys. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 5, 167–169.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67401691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 674 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 675

Cillessen, A. H. N., Bukowski, W. M., & Haselager, G. J. T. (2000). Stabil-ity of sociometric categories. In A. H. N. Cillessen, & W. M. Bukowski (Eds.), Recent advances in the measurement of acceptance and rejection in the peer system. New directions for child and adolescent development (pp. 75–94). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Cintas, H. (1988). Cross-cultural variation in infant motor development. Physical & Occupational Therapy in Pediatrics, 8, 1–20.

Clark, K. B., & Clark, M. K. (1939). The development of consciousness of self and emergence of racial identification in Negro preschool chil-dren. In R. Wilcox (Ed.), The psychological consequences of being a black American: A sourcebook of research by black psychologists (pp. 354–378). New York: Wiley.

Clark, K., Shute, N., & Kelly, K. (2000). The new midlife. U.S. News & World Report, 128, 70–82.

Clarkberg, M., & Merola, S. S. (2003). Competing clocks: Work and lei-sure. In P. Moen (Ed.), It’s about time: Couples and careers (pp. 35–48). Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.

Clarke-Stewart, K. A. (1978). And daddy makes three: The father’s impact on mother and young child. Child Development, 49, 466–478.

Clarke-Stewart, K. A. (1989). Infant day care: Maligned or malignant? American Psychologist, 44, 266–273.

Clasen, D. R., & Brown, B. B. (1987). Understanding peer pressure in middle school. Middle School Journal, 19, 21–23.

Clausen, J. A. (1986). The life course: A sociological perspective. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall.

Clausen, J. A. (1993). American lives: Looking back at the children of the great depression. New York: Free Press.

Cleek, M., & Pearson, T. (1985). Perceived cause of divorce: An analysis of interrelationships. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 47, 179–183.

Cleveland, M. (2007). Men of honor: Men’s group study. New York: Focus Publishing.

Clinical trials.gov. (2008). Randomized controlled trial of group psychotherapy interventions for cancer patients. Retrieved December 19, 2008, from http://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT00494910

Clinton, T., Greenleaf, I., & Harrison, J. L. (2000). Attention to detail: A teen’s guide to appearance and conduct. New York: Teen Guide Fund.

Clore, G. L., Gasper, K., & Garvin, E. (2001). Affect as information. In J. P. Forgas (Ed.), Handbook of affect and social cognition (pp. 122–144). Mahwah, MI: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Coard, S. I., Nitz, K., & Felice, M. E. (2000). Repeat pregnancy among urban adolescents: Sociodemographic, family, and health factors. Adolesence, 35, 193–201.

Coco, A. S. (1999). Primary dysmenorrhea. American Family Physician, 60, 489–496.

Coe, C. L., & Lubach, G. R. (2001). Social context and other psychological influences on the development of immunity. In C. D. Ryff & B. H. Singer (Eds.), Emotion, social relationships, and health (pp. 243–261). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.

Cohen, D. (1983). Piaget: Critique and reassessment. London: Croom Helm.Cohen, D. (1988). Social work and psychotropic drug treatments. Social

Services Review 62(4), 576–599.Cohen, G., Yeast, J., & Hu, D. (1994). Epidural analgesia in labor and cesar-

ean delivery for dystocia. Obstetrical & Gynecological Survey, 49, 362–369.Cohen, N. J. (2001). Language impairment and psychopathology in infants,

children and adolescents. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.Cohen, S., & Strauss, M. (1979). Concept acquisition in the human infant.

Child Development, 50, 767–776.Coie, J. D., & Dodge, K. A. (1998). Aggression and antisocial behavior.

In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology (pp. 779–862). New York: Wiley.

Colby, A., & Kohlberg, L. (1987). The measurement of moral behavior (Vols. 1–2). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Coles, R. (1986). The political life of children. Boston: Little, Brown.Coley, R. (2002). An uneven start. Princeton, NJ: Educational Testing Service.Coll, C., & Meyer, E. (1993). The sociocultural context of infant develop-

ment. In C. Zeaneh (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 56–69). New York: Guilford Press.

Colletti, L. (1979). Relationship between pregnancy and birth complica-tions and the later development of learning disabilities. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 12, 659–663.

Collins, A. H., & Pancoast, D. L. (1976). Natural helping networks. Washington, DC: National Association of Social Workers.

Comas-Diaz, L., & Greene, B. (1994). Overview: An ethnocultural mosaic. In L. Comas-Diaz & B. Greene (Eds.), Women of color: Integrating ethnic and gender identities in psychotherapy (pp. 74–92). New York: Guilford Press.

Comer, J. (1993). School power (rev. ed.). New York: Free Press.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2001). The global HIV and AIDS epidemic, 2001. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 50, 434–439.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2004). Suicide fact sheet. Retrieved July 12, 2004, from http://www.cdc.gov/ncipc/factsheets/suifacts.htm

Chamberlain, D. B. (1994). The sentient prenate: What every parent should know. Pre- and Perinatal Psychology Journal, 9(1), 9–31.

Chamberlain, P., & Patterson, G. R. (1985). Aggressive behavior in middle childhood. In D. Shaffer, A. A. Ehrhardt, & L. L. Greenhill (Eds.), The clinical guide to child psychiatry (pp. 110–132). New York: Free Press.

Chamberlin, J. (2000). Easing children’s psychological distress in the emer-gency room. APA Monitor (June), 40–41.

Chambers, C. (2002). All must have prizes: The liberal case for interference in cultural practices. In P. Kelly (Ed.), Multiculturalism reconsidered: Culture and equality and its critics (pp. 151–173). Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Chambliss, L. (1994, Fall). Domestic violence—What is the health care provider’s responsibility? Samaritan AirEvac News for Physicians and Managers, 1–3.

Chan, R. W., Raboy, B., & Patterson, C. J. (1998). Psychosocial adjustment among children conceived via donor insemination by lesbian and heterosexual mothers. Child Development, 69, 443–457.

Chandler, M. J., Sokol, B. W., & Wainryb, C. (2000). Beliefs about truth and beliefs about rightness. Child Development, 71, 91–97.

Chapkis, W. (1986). Beauty secrets: Women and the politics of appearance. Boston: South End Press.

Chase, S. N., & Clement, P. W. (1985). Effects of self-reinforcement and stimulants on academic performance in children with attention deficit disorder. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 14, 323–333.

Chase-Lansdale, P. L. (1981). Maternal employment and quality of infant-mother and infant-father attachment (Doctoral dissertation, Univer-sity of Michigan). Dissertation Abstracts International, 42, 2562B.

Chau, A. (2004). A world on fire: How exporting free market democracy breeds ethnic hatred and global instability. New York: Anchor Books.

Cheng, T. L., Savageau, J. A., Sattler, A. L., & DeWitt, T. G. (1993). Confidentiality in health care: A survey of knowledge, perceptions, and attitudes among high school students. Journal of the American Medical Association, 269, 1404–1407.

Cherlin, A., & Furstenberg, F. F. (1986). The new American grandparent. New York: Basic Books.

Chiong, J. A. (1998). Racial categorization of multiracial children in schools. Westport, Connecticut: Bergin & Garvey.

Chobanian, A., Bakris, G., Black, H., Cushman, W., & Green, L. (2003). Seventh report of the joint national committee on prevention, detec-tion, evaluation, and treatment of high blood pressure. Hypertension, 42(6), 1206–1252.

Chow, J., Jaffee, K., & Snowden, L. (2003). Racial/ethnic disparities in mental health use in poverty areas. American Journal of Public Health, 93, 792–797.

Christakis, D. A., Zimmerman, F. J., DiGiuseppe, D. L., & McCarty, C. A. (2004). Early television exposure and subsequent attention problems in children. Pediatrics, 113, 708–713.

Christensen, A., & Jacobson, N. S. (2000). Reconcilable differences. New York: Guilford Press.

Christophersen, E. R., & Mortweet, S. L. (2001). Treatments that work with children: Empirically supported strategies for managing childhood problems. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Christophersen, E., & VanScoyoc, S. M. (2008). The home chip system: A token economy for use in the natural home. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of evidence-based treatment manuals for children and adolescents (pp. 456–468). New York: Oxford University Press.

Chumlea, W. C., Schubert C. M., Roche A. F., Kulin H. E., Lee P. A., Himes J. H., et al. (2003). Age at menarche and racial comparisons in US girls. PMID 12509562. Dayton, Ohio, USA: Lifespan Health Research Center, Department of Community Health, Wright State University, School of Medicine.

Churchman, C. W. (1978). Foreword. In J. P. Van Gigch (Ed.), Applied gen-eral systems theory (pp. v). New York: Harper & Row.

Cicchetti, D., & Wagner, S. (1990). Alternative assessment strategies for the evaluation of infants and toddlers: An organizational perspective. In S. J. Meisels & J. P. Shonkoff (Eds.), Handbook of early childhood intervention (pp. 246–277). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Cicchetti, D., Lynch, M., & Manly, J. T. (1997). An ecological developmental perspective on the consequences of child maltreatment. Washington, DC: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67501691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 675 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

676 R E F E R E N C E S

Cowen, E. L., Pederson, A., Babigan, H., Izzo, L. D., & Trost, M. A. (1973). Long-term follow-up of early detected vulnerable children. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 41, 438–446.

Coyle, J. T. (2000). Psychotropic drug use in very young children. Journal of the American Medical Association, 283, 1156.

Crawford, N. (2002). New ways to stop bullying. Monitor on Psychology, 33, 64.Crawford, N. (2003, October). A matter of life and death. APA Monitor, 84–85.Creno, C. (1994, April 19). Bonding before birth: Child’s mental health begins

at conception, small-but-growing group insists. The Arizona Republic, E1.Crick, N. R., & Dodge, K. A. (1994). A review and reformulation of social-

information-processing mechanisms in children’s social adjustment. Psychological Bulletin, 115, 74–101.

Crnic, K. (1984). Maternal stress and social support: Effects on the mother-infant relationship from birth to eighteen months. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 54, 224–235.

Crnic, K., & Greenberg, M. (1990). Minor parenting stresses with young children. Child Development, 61, 1628–1637.

Crnic, K., & Harris, V. (1990). Normal development in infancy and early childhood. In J. Johnson & J. Goldman (Eds.), Developmental assessment in clinical child psychology (pp. 15–33). New York: Pergamon Press.

Crockenberg, S. (1981). Infant irritability, mother responsiveness, and social influences on the security of infant-mother attachment. Child Development, 52, 857–865.

Crockenberg, S., Lyons-Ruth, K., & Dickstein, S. (1993). The family contest of infant mental health: II. Infant development in multiple family relationships. In C. Zeanah (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 38–55). New York: Guilford Press.

Cronin, M., Ludtke, M., & Willwerth, J. (1991). Innocent victims. Time, 137(19), 56–60.

Crowther, M., Parker, M., Achenbaum, W., Larimore, W., & Koenig, H. (2002). Rowe and Kahn’s model of successful aging revisited: Positive spirituality—the forgotten factor. The Gerontologist, 42(5), 613–620.

Csikszentmihalyi, M., & Larson, R. (1984). Being adolescent. New York: Basic Books.

Csoti, M. (2003). School phobia, panic attacks and anxiety in children. London: Jessica Kingsley.

Culbertson, J., & Gyurke, J. (1990). Assessment of cognitive and motor devel-opment in infancy and childhood. In J. Johnson & J. Goldman (Eds.), Developmental assessment in clinical child psychology (pp. 100–131). New York: Pergamon Press.

Cumming, E., & Henry, W. E. (1961). Growing old: The process of disengage-ment. New York: Basic Books.

Cummins, J., & Swain, M. (1986). Bilingualism in education: Aspects of theory, research and practice. London: Taylor & Fry.

Cunningham, A. J., Edmonds, C. V. I., Jenkins, G. P., Pollack, H., Lockwood, G. A., Warr, D. (1998). A randomized controlled trial of the effects of group psychological therapy on survival in women with metastatic breast cancer. Psycho-Oncology, 7, 508–517.

Curran, D. D. (1985). Stress and the healthy family. Minneapolis, MN: Winston Press.

Cutler, N. (2001). The NCOA healthy sexuality and vital aging study. Paper presented at the Gerontological Society of America, Chicago.

Cystic Fibrosis Foundation. (2005). Retrieved August 22, 2007, from http://www.cff.org/

Dahl, R., & Lewin, D. S. (2002). Pathways to adolescent health: Sleep regulation and behavior. Journal of Adolescent Health, 31, 175–184.

Dalton, J. H., Elias, M. J., Wandersman, A. (2001). Community psychol-ogy: Linking individuals and communities. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thompson.

Damasio, A. R. (1994). Descartes’ error. London: Picador.Damon, W. (1995, May). Is self-esteem really all that important? APA

Monitor, 6.Dan, A., & Bernhard, L. (1989). Menopause and other health issues for

midlife. In S. Hunter & M. Sundel (Eds.), Midlife myths: Issues, findings and practice implications (pp. 201–217). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Daniels, K. (1993). Infertility counselling: The need for a psychosocial perspective. British Journal of Social Work, 23, 501–512.

Dannefer, D. (1984). Adult development and social theory: A paradigmatic reappraisal. American Sociological Review, 49, 100–116.

Danziger, K. (1997). The historical formation of selves. In R. D. Ashmore & L. Jussim (Eds.), Self and identity: Fundamental issues (pp. 137–159). New York: Oxford University Press.

Danziger, S. K., & Radin, N. (1989, April). Absent does not equal uninvolved: Predictors of fathering in teen mother families. Paper presented at the biennial meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development, Kansas City, MO.

Compas, B. F. (1995). Promoting successful coping during adolescence. In W. M. Rutter (Ed.), Psychological disturbances in young people (pp. 247–273). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Condon, W. (1975). Speech makes babies move. In R. Lewin (Ed.), Child alive! (pp. 75–85). Garden City, NY: Anchor Books.

Condry, J. C. (1989). The psychology of television. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.Conger, R., Elder, G., Lorenz, F., Conger, K., Simons, R., Whitbeck, L., et al.

(1990). Linking economic hardship to marital quality and instability. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 52, 643–656.

Conner, K. A. (2000). Continuing to care: Older Americans and their families. New York: Falmer Press.

Conners, K. (1989). Conners’ Teacher Rating Scale—39-item version (CTRS–39). North Tonawanda, NY: Multi-Health Systems.

Connidis, I., & McMullin, J. (2002). Sociological ambivalence and family trees: A critical perspective. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 64, 558–567.

Connolly, M., & McKenzie, M. (1999). Effective participatory practice: Family group conferencing in child protection. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Consortium for Longitudinal Studies. (1983). As the twig is bent. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Constable, R. (2002). The role of the school social worker: History and theory. In R. Constable, S. McDonald, & J. F. Flynn (Eds.), School social work: Practice, policy and research perspectives (5th ed, pp. 41–53). Chicago: Lyceum Press.

Conterio, K., & Lader, W. (1998). Body harm. New York: Hyperion.Cook, K. S., & Rice, E. (2003). Social exchange theory. In J. D. Delamater

(Ed.), Handbook of Social Psychology (pp. 53–76). New York: Springer.Cook, S. W. (1979). Social science and school desegregation: Did we mis-

lead the supreme court? Personality and Social Psychology, 5, 418–428.Cooke, T., & Apolloni, T. (1976). Developing positive social-emotional

behaviors: A study of training and generalization effects. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 9, 65–78.

Cooley, C. H. (1902). Human nature and the social order. New York: Scribner’s.Cooley, C. H. (1908). A study of the early use of self words by a child.

Psychological Review, 15, 339–357.Cooley, C. H. (1922). Human nature and the social order. New York: Scribner’s.Cooper, J. (2004). Dissonance theory: History and progress. In R. A. Wright,

J. Greenberg, & S. S. Brehm (Eds.), Motivational analyses of social behavior (pp. 19–37). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Corcoran, J., Franklin, C., & Bennett, P. (2000). Ecological factors associ-ated with adolescent pregnancy and parenting. Social Work Research, 24, 29–39.

Coren, S., & Searleman, A. (1985). Birth stress and self-reported sleep difficulty. Sleep, 8, 222–226.

Corner, L., & Bond, J. (2004). Being at risk of dementia: Fears and anxieties of older adults. Journal of Aging Studies, 18, 143–155.

Corrigan, P. W., & Penn, D. L. (2001). Introduction: Framing models of Social Cognition in Schizophrenia. In P. W. Corrigan & D. L. Penn (Eds.), Social Cognition and Schizophrenia (pp. 3–37). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Costa, L., & Holliday, D. (1994). Helping children cope with the death of a parent. Elementary School Guidance and Counseling, 23(3), 206–212.

Costa, P., Metter, E., & McCrae, R. (1994). Personality stability and its con-tribution to successful aging. Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 27, 41–59.

Costin, L., Bell, C., & Downs, S. (1991). Child welfare: Policies and practices. New York: Longman.

Cote, J. E. (2000). Arrested adulthood: The changing nature of identity and maturity in the late-modern world. New York: New York University Press.

Cote, J. E., & Levine, C. (1988). A critical examination of the ego identity status paradigm. Developmental Review, 8, 147–184.

Cote, S. M. (2006). The development of physical aggression from toddler-hood to pre-adolescence: A nation wide longitudinal study of Cana-dian children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 34, 71–85.

Cotterrell, R. (1984). The sociology of law: An introduction. London: Butterworths.

Council on Scientifi c Affairs. (1991). Hispanic health in the United States. Journal of the American Medical Association, 265, 248–252.

Council on Social Work Education. (2001). Strengthening the impact of social work to improve the quality of life for older adults and their families. A Proj-ect of the Council on Social Work Education/Sage-SW, funded by the John A. Hartford Foundation of New York City.

Courtney, M. E., & Barth, R. P. (1996). Pathways of older adolescents out of foster care: Implications for independent living services. Social Work, 41(1), 75–83.

Cowan, C. P., & Cowan, P. A. (2000). Working with couples during stressful transitions. In S. Dreman (Ed.), The family on the threshold of the 21st century (pp. 17–47). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67601691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 676 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 677

Dettwyler, K. (1989). Styles of infant feeding: Parental/caretaker control of food consumption in young children. Research Reports, 91, 696–703.

Devaney, B. L., Ellwod, M. R., & Love, J. M. (1997). Programs that mitigate the effects of poverty on children. The Future of Children: Children and Poverty, 7, 88–112.

DeVito, J. (1970). The psychology of speech and language: An introduction to psycholinguistics. New York: Random House.

Devos, T., & Banaji, M. R. (2003). Implicit self and identity. In M. R. Leary & J. P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self and identity (pp. 153–175). New York: Guilford Press.

Dhooper, S. S. (2003). Social work response to the needs of biracial Americans.Diamond, C., & Buskin, S. (2000). Continued risky behavior in HIV-

infected youth. American Journal of Public Health, 90, 115–117.Diaz, R. M. (1985). Bilingual cognitive development: Addressing three gaps

in recent research. Child Development, 56, 1376–1388.Dickerson, L. M., Mazyck, P. J., & Hunter, M. H. (2003). Premenstrual

syndrome. American Family Physician, 67, 1743–1752.Dieter, J. N. I., Emory, E. K., Johnson, K. C., & Raynor, B. D. (2008). Maternal

depression and anxiety effects on the human fetus: Preliminary fi ndings and clinical implications. Infant Mental Health Journal, 29, 420–441.

DiGiuseppe, R. D., & Tafrate, R. C. (2007). Understanding anger disorders. New York: Oxford University Press.

Dilts, Jr., S. L. (2001). Models of the mind: A framework for biopsychosocial psychiatry. Philadelphia: Brunner-Routledge.

DiMatteo, M. R. (1991). The psychology of health, illness, and medical care: An individual perspective. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Dinkmeyer, D., Sr., McKay, G. D., Dinkmeyer, D., Jr., & Dinkmeyer, D. (1997). The parent’s Handbook: Systematic training for effective parenting. St. Paul, MN: American Guidance Service.

Dion, K., Miller, N., & Magnan, M. (1970). Cohesiveness and social responsibility as determinants of risk taking. Proceedings of the American Psychological Association, 5, 335–336.

Dishion, T. J., & Andrews, D. W. (1995). Preventing escalation in problem behaviors with high-risk young adolescents: Immediate and 1-year out-comes. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 63(4), 538–548.

Dishion, T. J., Kavanagh, K. (2003). Adolescent problem behavior: An ecological approach to family-centered intervention. New York: Guilford.

Dishion, T. J., McCord, J., & Poulin, F. (1999). When interventions harm: Peer groups and problem behavior. American Psychologist, 54, 755–764.

Dixon, R., & Lerner, R. M. (1999). History and systems in developmental psy-chology. In M. H. Bornstein & M. E. Lamb (Eds.), Developmental psychology: An advanced textbook (4th ed., pp. 3–45). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Dodge, K. A. (2000). Developmental psychology. In M. H. Ebert, P. T. Loosen, & B. Nurcombe (Eds.), Current diagnosis and treatment in psychiatry (pp. 1–17). New York: Lange Medical Books/McGraw-Hill.

Dodge, K. A., & Rabiner, D. L. (2004). Returning to roots: On social infor-mational processing and moral development. Child Development, 75, 1003–1008.

Doherty, R. W., Echevarria, J., Estrada, P. E., Goldenberg, C., Hilberg, R. S., Saunders, W. M., et al. (2002). Research evidence: Five standards for effective pedagogy and student outcomes [technical report no. G1]. Santa Cruz, CA: University of California, CREDE.

Dohrenwend, B. P. (1998). Adversity, stress, and psychopathology. New York: Oxford University Press.

Dohrenwend, B. S. (1978). Social stress and community psychology. American Journal of Community Psychology, 6, 1–14.

Dominelli, L. (2002). Anti-oppressive social work: Theory and practice. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Doris, J. M. (2002). Lack of character: Personality and moral behavior. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Dougherty, T. M., & Haith, M. M. (1997). Infant expectations and reaction time as predictors of childhood speed of processing and IQ. Develop-mental Psychology, 33, 146–155.

Dovidio, J. F., Gaertner, S. L., Nier, J. A., Kawakami, K., & Hodson, G. (2004). Contemporary racial bias: When good people do bad things. In A. G. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of good and evil (pp. 141–167). New York: Guilford Press.

Doyle, P. (1995, August 7). Custody fights in adoptions test Indian tribes’ power. Arizona Daily Star, 1, 8.

Dreikurs, R. (1993). A new approach to discipline: Logical consequences. New York: Plume.

Drews, C. D., Murphy, C. C., Yeargin-Allsopp, M., & Decofle, P. (1996). The relationship between idiopathic mental retardation and maternal smoking during pregnancy. Pediatrics, 97, 547–553.

Darley, J. M., & Batson, C. D. (1973). From Jerusalem to Jericho: A study of situational and dispositional variables in helping behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 27, 100–108.

Daro, D. (1991). Child sexual abuse prevention: Separating fact from fiction. Child Abuse & Neglect, 15, 1–4.

Darwin, C. (1859/1958). The origin of species by means of natural selection or the preservation of favored races in the struggle for life. New York: New American Library (Mentor Books).

Darwin, C. (1872). The expression of emotions in man and animals. New York: Philosophical Library.

Daugherty, J. (1998). Treatment strategies for premenstrual syndrome. American Family Physician, July 1998. Retrieved September 7, 2004, from http://www.aafp.org/afp/980700ap/daughert.html

Davenport, J. A., & Davenport, III, J. (1995). Rural social work overview. In Encyclopedia of social work (19th ed., pp. 2076–2085). Washington, DC: NASW Press.

Davidson, E. (1992). Racial disparity in infant mortality. New England Journal of Medicine, 327, 1022–1023.

Davidson, K. (2001). Late life widowhood, selfishness and new partnership choices: A gendered perspective. Ageing & Society, 21(3), 297–317.

Davidson, N. (1998). Goodbye, Johnny Walker. The Sun, July, 18–21.Davies, D. (2004). Child development: A practitioner’s guide (2nd ed.). New

York: Guilford Press.Davies, G. M., & Dalgleish, T. (2002). Recovered memory: Seeking the middle

ground. New York: John Wiley.Davis, H., & Rockwood, K. (2004). Conceptualization of mild cognitive impair-

ment: A review. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 19, 313–319.Davis, I. P., Landsverk, J., Newton, R., & Ganger, W. (1996). Parental visit-

ing and foster care reunification. Children and Youth Services Review, 18, 363–382.

Davis, K. L., Kahn, R. S., Ko, G., & Davidson, M. (1991). Dopamine in schizophrenia: A review and reconceptualization. American Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 1474–1486.

Davis, L. (1989). The myths of menopause. In L. Fenson & J. Fenson (Eds.), Human development 90/91 (pp. 237–241). Guilford, CT: Dushkin Pub-lishing Group.

Dawson, G., & Glaubman, R. (2001). Life is so good. New York: Penguin.de Anda, D. (2004). Personal communication. July 15, 2004.de Saussure, F. (1959). Course in general linguistics (W. Baskin, Trans.).

New York: McGraw-Hill.de Saussure, F. (1966). Course in general linguistics (W. Baskin, Trans.).

New York: McGraw-Hill.DeAngelis, T. (1994b, October). Kids develop ethnic awareness in stages,

APA Monitor, 35.DeAngelis, T. (1995, January). How adoptees fare. APA Monitor, 23–24.DeAngelis, T. (1995b, October). Improving quality of life for the seriously

ill. APA Monitor, 19.DeAngelis, T. (1997b, November). Menopause symptoms vary among

ethnic groups. APA Monitor, 16–17.DeAngelis, T. (2001, May). Punishment of innocents: Children of parents

behind bars. Monitor on Psychology, 56–59.Deaux, K., Dane, F. C., & Wrightsman, L. S. (1993). Social psychology in the

90s. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.DeCasper, A. J., & Fifer, W. P. (1980). Of human bonding: Newborns prefer

their mothers’ voices. Science, 208, 1174–1176.Decety, J. (2007). A social cognitive neuroscience model of human empa-

thy. In E. Harmon-Jones & P. Winkielman (Eds.), Social Neuroscience: Integrating biological and psychological explanations of social behavior (pp. 246–270). New York: The Guilford Press.

DeGangi, G. (2000). Pediatric disorders of regulation in affect and behavior: A therapist’s guide to assessment and treatment. New York: Academic Press.

DeiCampo, D. S., & DeiCampo, R. L. (2000). Taking sides: Clashing views on controversial issues in childhood and society (3rd ed.). Guilford, CT: Dushkin/McGraw-Hill.

Demo, D. H., & Cox, M. J. (2000). Families with young children: A review of research in the 1990s. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62, 876–895.

Denham, S., Salisch, M. V., Olthof, T., Kochanoff, A., & Caverly, S. (2002). Emotional and social development in childhood. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 307–328). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Denisoff, R. S., & Wahrman, R. (1979). An introduction to sociology (2nd ed.). New York: Macmillan.

Denny, J., Kuhn, L., De Souza, M., Pollack, A. E., Dupree, W., & Wright, T. C. (2005). Screen-and-Treat Approaches for Cervical Cancer Prevention in Low-Resource Settings: A Randomized Controlled Trial. JAMA, 294, 2173–2181.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67701691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 677 5/29/09 9:28:00 PM5/29/09 9:28:00 PM

678 R E F E R E N C E S

Eells, T. D. (1997). Psychotherapy case formulation: History and current status. In T. D. Eells (Ed.), Handbook of psychotherapy: Case formulation (pp. 1–25). New York: Guilford Press.

Effl er, E. S. (2006). Ritual theory. In J. E. Stets & J. H. Turner (Eds.), Hand-book of the sociology of emotions (pp. 135–154). New York: Springer.

Efran, J., & Greene, M. (1999, May/June). Do peers trump parents? Con-ventional child-rearing theory may be based on wishful thinking. Psychotherapy Networker, 57–61.

Egan, S. K., & Perry, D. G. (2001). Gender identity: A multidimensional analysis with implications for psychosocial adjustment. Developmental Psychology, 37, 451–463.

Ehrenreich, B. (2001). Nickeled and dimed: On (not) getting by in America. New York: Henry Holt & Company.

Einstein, A. (2004). Retrieved from http://rescompstandford.edu/Ðcheshire/Einsteinquotes.html

Eisenberg, N. (Ed.). (1982). The development of prosocial behavior. New York: Wiley.

Eisenberg, N., Wentzel, N., & Harris, J. D. (1998). The role of emotion and regulation in empathy-related responding. School Psychology Review, 27, 506–522.

Eisendrath, S. J. (1988). The mind and somatic illness: Psychological fac-tors affecting physical illness. In H. H. Goldman (Ed.), Review of gen-eral psychiatry (pp. 222–245). East Norwalk, CT: Appleton & Lang.

Elder, G. H., Jr. (1974). Children of the great depression. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Elder, G. H., Jr., (1991). Lives and social change. In W. R. Heinz (Ed.), Theo-retical advances in life course research (pp. 58–86). Weinheim: Deutscher Studien Verlag.

Elder, G. H., Jr. (1996). Human lives in changing societies: Life course and developmental insights. In R. B. Cairns, G. H. Elder, Jr., & E. J. Costello (Eds.), Developmental science (pp. 31–62). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Elder, G. H., Johnson, M. K., & Crosnoe, R. (2004). The emergence and development of life course theory. In J. T. Mortimer & M. J. Shanahan (Eds.), Handbook of the life course (pp. 3–19). New York: Springer.

Elkind, D. (2001). The hurried child: Growing up too fast, too soon. New York: Perseus.

Ellis, S., Rogoff, B., & Cromer, C. C. (1981). Age segregation in children’s social interactions. Developmental Psychology, 17, 399–407.

Emde, R. (1987). Infant mental health: Clinical dilemmas, the expansion of meaning, and opportunities. In J. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (pp. 1297–1320). New York: Wiley.

Emde, R. N., Plomin, R., Robinson, J., Corley, R., DeFries, J., Fulkner, D. W., et al. (1992). Temperament, emotion, and cognition at four-teen months: The MacArthur Longitudinal Twin Study. Child Development, 63, 1437–1455.

Emler, N., Renwick, S., & Malone, B. (1983). The relationship between moral reasoning and political orientation. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 45, 1073–1080.

Englander-Golden, P., Sonleitner, F. J., Whitmore, M. R., & Corbley, G. J. M. (1986). Social and menstrual cycles: Methodological and substantive findings. In V. L. Olesen & N. F. Woods (Eds.), Culture, society, and men-struation (pp. 118–132). Washington, DC: Hemisphere.

Enright, R. D. (2001). Forgiveness is a choice: A step-by-step process for resolving anger and restoring hope. Washington, DC: APA Lifebooks.

Enright, R. D., & Fitzgibbons, R. P. (2000). Helping clients forgive: An em-pirical guide for resolving anger and restoring hope. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Ephross, J. (1982). A social work perspective on families with infants who fail to thrive. In P. J. Accardo (Ed.), Failure to thrive in infancy and early childhood (pp. 331–347). Baltimore: University Park Press.

Epstein, S. (2005). A queer encounter. In T. L. Steele (Ed.), Sex, self, and society: The social context of sexuality (pp. 68–74). Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.

Erickson, J. (1996, May 6). Obstetric anesthesia safety called remarkable. The Arizona Daily Star, 1B, 4B.

Erikson, E. (1959). Identity in the life cycle [monograph 1]. Psychological Issues, 1, 1–171.

Erikson, E. H. (1959/1980). Identity and the Life Cycle. New York: Norton.Erikson, E. H. (1963). Childhood and society (2nd ed.). New York: Norton.Erikson, E. H. (1968). Identity, youth and crisis. New York: Norton.Erikson, E. H. (1974). Dimensions of a new identity. New York: Norton.Erikson, E. H., & Erikson, J. M. (1998). The life cycle completed. New York:

Norton.Erikson, E.H. (1976). Refl ections on Dr. Borg’s life cycle. In Adulthood,

Deadalus, 105(2), Spring 1976, 43.

Drucker, J. (2001). Gay and lesbian families speak out. New York: Perseus.Drucker, P. F. (1954). The practice of management. New York: Harper & Row.Dryfoos, J. G. (1990). Adolescents at risk: Prevalence and prevention. New

York: Oxford University Press.Dryfoos, J. G. (1994). Full-service schools. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.Duberstein, P., & Conwell, Y. (2000). Suicide. In S. Whitebourne (Ed.), Psy-

chopathology in Later Adulthood (pp. 245–275). New York: Wiley & Sons.Dubin, S. (1972). Obsolescence or lifelong education: A choice for the

professional. American Psychologist, 17, 486–498.Dubner, S. J. Blog. New York Times. Retrieved December 31, 2008, from

Freakonomics.blog.nytimes.comDubos, R. (1978). Health and creative adaptation. Human Nature, 1, 74–82.Duffy, K. G., & Wong, F. Y. (1996). Community psychology. Boston: Allyn and

Bacon.Dumaret, A. C., Duyme, M., & Tomkiewiez, S. (1997). Foster children: Risk

factors and development at a preschool age. Early Child Development and Care, 134, 23–42.

Dunbar, H. T., Mueller, C. W., Medina, C., & Wolf, T. (1998). Psychological and spiritual growth in women living with HIV. Social Work, 43(2), 144–154.

Duncan, G., & Brooks-Gunn. (2000). Family Poverty, Welfare Reform and Child Development. [Special Issue on “New Directions for Child Development in the Twenty-First Century.”] Child Development, 71(1), 188–196.

Duncker, K. (1945). On problem solving. Psychological Monographs, 58(5), 270.Dunn, J. (1991). Sibling influences. In M. Lewis & S. Feinman (Eds.), Social

influences and socialization in infancy (pp. 97–109). New York: Plenum.Dunn, J. (2002). Sibling relationships. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (eds.),

Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 223–237). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Dunn, J., & Munn, P. (1986). Sibling quarrels and maternal intervention: Individual differences in understanding and aggression. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 27, 583–597.

Dunst, C., Trivette, C., & Cross, A. (1986). Mediating influences of social support: Personal, family, and child outcomes. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 90, 403–417.

Dupper, D. R. (2006). Guides for designing and establishing alternative school programs for dropout prevention. In C. Franklin, M. B. Harris, & P. Allen-Mears (Eds.), The school services sourcebook: A guide for school-based professionals (pp. 413–421). New York: Oxford University Press.

Durand, V. M., & Barlow, D. H. (1995). Essentials of abnormal psychology (4th ed.). Belmont: Wadsworth.

Durlak, J. A., & Weissberg, R. P. (2007). The impact of after-school programs that promote personal and social skills. Chicago, IL: Collaborative for Academic, Social, and Emotional Learning.

Duster, T. (2005). Race and reifi cation in science. Policy Forum: Medicine, 306, 1050–1051.

Duvall, E. M. (1971). Family development (4th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott.Dweck, C. S. (1999). Self-theories: Their role in motivation, personality and

development. Philadelphia: Psychology Press.Dweck, C. S. (2000). Self theories: Their role in motivation, personality, and

development. New York: Psychological Press.Dziegielewski, S. F., Heymann, C., Green, C., & Gichia, J. E. (2002). Midlife

changes: Utilizing a social work perspective. Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment, 6, 65–86.

Eagly, A. H., & Wood, W. (1991). Explaining sex differences in social behav-ior: A meta-analytic perspective. Journal of Sex Research, 36, 424–435.

Eberstadt, N. (1991). America’s infant mortality puzzle. The Public Interest, 105, 30–47.

Eccles, J., Barber, B., Jozefowicz, D., Malenchuk, O., & Vida, M. (1999). Self-evaluations of competence, task values, and self-esteem. In N. G. Johnson, M. C. Roberts, & J. Worell (Eds.), Beyond appearance: A new look at adolescent girls (pp. 53–83). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Eckert, P. (1990). Cooperative competition in adolescent “girl talk.” Discourse Processes, 13, 91–122.

Edelman, M. W. (1987). Families in peril: An agenda for social change. New York: Alan Guttmacher Institute.

Edleson, J. L. (1999). Children’s witnessing of adult domestic violence. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14, 839–70.

Edmundson, L. D., & Erogul, M. (2006). Dysmenorrhea. Emedicine, from Web MD. Retrieved December 12, 2008.

Edwards, C., Johnson, A., Knight, E., Oyemade, U., Cole, O., Westney, O., et al. (1994b). Pica in an urban environment (African-American women and their pregnancies). Journal of Nutrition, 124, 9545–9554.

Edwards, D., Porter, S., & Stein, G. (1993). A pilot study of postnatal depression following caesarean section using two retrospective self-rating instruments. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 38, 111–117.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67801691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 678 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 679

Field, T. (1978). Interaction behaviors of primary versus secondary care-taker fathers. Developmental Psychology, 14, 183–184.

Field, T. (1981). Early development of the preterm offspring of teenage mothers. In K. Scott, T. Field, & E. Robertson (Eds.), Teenage parents and their offspring (pp. 145–175). New York: Grune & Stratton.

Field, T. (1983). High-risk infants “have less fun” during early interactions. Topics in Childhood Special Education, 3, 77–87.

Field, T. (1998). Maternal depression effects on infants and early interven-tions. Preventative Medicine, 27, 200–203.

Field, T., Diego, M., Hernandez-Reif, M., Vera, Y., Gil, K., Schanberg, S., et al. (2004). Prenatal maternal biochemistry predicts neonatal bio-chemistry. International Journal of Neuroscience, 114, 933–945.

Fingarette, H. (1988). Heavy drinking: The myth of alcoholism as a disease. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Fingerman, K. L. (2002). Mothers and their adult daughters: Mixed emotions, enduring bonds. New York: Prometheus Books.

Finkel, N. J., & Parrott, W. G. (2006). Emotions and culpability. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Finkelhor, D., & Dziuba-Leatherman, J. (1994). Victimization of children. American Psychologist, 49, 173–183.

Finn, J. (1995). Computer-based self-help groups: A new resource to supplement support groups. Social Work with Groups, 18, 109–117.

Finn, J. (1996). Computer-based self-help groups: On-line recovery for addictions. Computers in Human Services, 12, 21–41.

Fishbein, D., Hyde, C., Coe, B., & Paschall, M. J. (2004). Neurocognitive and physiological prerequisites for prevention of drug abuse. The Journal of Primary Prevention, 24, 471–495.

Fishbein, M., & Ajzen, I. (1975). Belief, attitude, intention and behavior. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Fisher, C. B., & Lerner, R. M. (2007). Introduction. Encyclopedia of Applied Developmental Science. Sage Publications.

Fisher, D. E. (2001). The p53 tumor suppressor: Critical regulator of life and death in cancer. Apoptosis, 6, 7–15.

Fishman, J. (2000). Handbook of language and ethnic identity. New York: Oxford University Press.

Fiske, S. T. (1998). Stereotyping, prejudice, and discrimination. In D. T. Gilbert, S. T. Kiske, & G. Lindzey (Eds.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 357–411). Boston: McGraw-Hill.

Fiske, S. T. (2004). What’s in a category? Responsibility, intent, and the avoidability of bias against outgroups. In A. G. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of good and evil (pp. 127–140). New York: Guilford Press.

Flanigan, B. (1992). Forgiving the unforgivable. New York: Macmillan.Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and cognitive monitoring: A new area

of psychological inquiry. American Psychologist, 34, 906–911.Flavell, J. H. (1981). Monitoring social cognitive enterprises: Something

else that may develop in the area of social cognition. In J. H. Flavell & L. Ross (Eds.), Social cognitive development: Frontiers and possible futures (pp. 346–378). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Flavell, J. H. (1985). Cognitive development (2nd ed.). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Foddy, M., & Kashima, Y. (2002). Self and identity: When is the conception of the person assumed in the current literature? In Y. Kashima, M. Foddy, & M. J. Platow (Eds.), Self and identity: Personal, social and symbolic (pp. 3–25). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Folkman, S., & Lazarus, R. S. (1980). An analysis of coping in a middle aged community sample. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 21, 219–239.

Fonagy, P., Target, M., Cottrell, D., Phillips, J., & Kurtz, Z. (2002). What works for whom? A critical review of treatments for children and adoles-cents. New York: Guilford Press.

Fongruey, L., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (1994). Cumulative familial risks and low-birthweight children’s cognitive and behavioral development. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 23, 360–372.

Forbes, J., & Kelly, M. (Eds.) (1995). French cultural studies: An introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Ford, C. A., Millstein, S. G., Halpern-Felsher, B. L., & Irwin, C. E., Jr. (1997). Influence of physician confidentiality assurances on adolescents’ willingness to disclose information and seek future health care: A ran-domized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association, 278, 1029–1034.

Forehand, R. L., & Long, N. (1996). Parenting the strong-willed child: The clinically proven five-week program for parents of two-to-six-year olds. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Forehand, R. L., & Long, N. (2002). Parenting the strong-willed child (revised): The clinically proven five-week program for parents of two-to-six-year olds. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Erikson, J. M. (1988). Wisdom and the senses. New York: W. W. Norton.Etzioni, A. (1993). The spirit of community: Rights, responsibilities, and the

communitarian agenda. New York: Crown Publishers.Evans, C., & Dion, K. (1991). Group cohesion and performance. Small

Group Research, 22, 175–186.Evans, G. W. (2004). The environment of childhood poverty. American

Psychologist, 59, 77–92.Eyer, D. (1994). Mother-infant bonding: A scientific fiction. Human Nature,

5, 69–94.Eysenck, H. J. (1989, December). Health’s character. Psychology Today,

28–32, 34–35.Fagot, B. (1978). The influence of sex of child on parental reactions to

toddler children. Child Development, 49, 459–465.Fagot, B. (1989). The young child’s gender schema: Environmental input,

internal organization. Child Development, 60, 663–672.Fagot, B. (1991). Observations of parent reactions to sex-stereotyped

behaviors: Age and sex effects. Child Development, 62, 617–628.Fagot, B. (1992). Gender labeling, gender stereotyping, and parenting

behaviors. Developmental Psychology, 28, 225–230.Fahlberg, V. (1991). A child’s journey through placement. Indianapolis, IN:

Perspectives Press.Falk, G. (2001). Stigma: How we treat outsiders. Amherst: Prometheus Books.Farber, H., & Boyette, M. (2001). Control your child’s asthma: A breakthrough

program for the treatment and management of childhood asthma. New York: Henry Holt.

Farmer, A., & Tiefenthaler, J. (1997). An economic analysis of domestic violence. Review of Social Economy, 3, 337–358.

Farmer, T. W., Price, L. N., O’Neal, K. K., Leung, M. C., Goforth, J. B., Cairns, B. D., et al. (2004). Exploring risk in early adolescent African American youth. American Journal of Community Psychology, 33, 51–59.

Farrington, D. P., & Welsh, B. C. (2007). Saving children from a life of crime. New York: Oxford University Press.

Favazza, A. (1987). Bodies under siege. (pp. 225). Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press.

FBI. (2002). Hate crime statistics. Retrieved September 17, 2007, from http://www.fbi.gov/

Feagin, J. R., & Feagin, C. B. (1978). Institutional racism and sexism. New York: Prentice Hall.

Federal Interagency Forum on Aging-Related Statistics. (2004). Aging statis-tics online. Retrieved from http://www.agingstats.gov

Feil, N., & Altman, D. G. (2004). Letter to the editor: Validation theory and the myth of the therapeutic lie. American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease and Other Dementias, 19(2), 77–78.

Feinberg, J. (2000). Ensuring appropriate, effective, and safe medication use for older people. Generations: Quarterly Journal of the American Society on Aging, 14(4), 5–7.

Feinbloom, R. (1993). Pregnancy, birth and the early months: A complete guide. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Feindler, E. L., & Gerber, M. (2008). TAME: Teen anger management educa-tion. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of evidence-based treatment manuals (pp. 139–169). New York: Oxford University Press.

Feindler, E. L., & Guttman, J. (1994). Cognitive-behavioral anger control training. In C. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of child and adolescent treatment manuals (pp. 170–199). New York: Lexington Press.

Feld, S., & Radin, N. (1982). Social psychology for social work and the mental health professions. New York: Columbia University Press.

Feldman, R. A., Caplinger, T. E., & Wodarski, J. S. (1983). The St. Louis conundrum: The effective treatment of antisocial youth. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Fellin, P. (1995). Understanding American communities. In J. Rothman, J. L. Erlich, & J. E. Troman (Eds.), Strategies of community intervention (5th ed., pp. 114–128). Itasca, NY: F. E. Peacock Publishers, Inc.

Fels, A. (2005). Necessary Dreams: Ambition in women’s changing lives. New York: Bantam Doubleday Dell.

Ferketich, S. L., & Mercer, R. T. (1995). Predictors of role competence for ex-perienced and inexperienced fathers. Nursing Research, 44(2), 89–95.

Fernald, A. (1991). Prosody and focus in speech to infants and adults. Developmental Psychology, 27, 209–221.

Ferrante, J. (1995). Sociology: A global perspective. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Ferrante, J. (2003). Sociology: A global perspective (5th ed.). Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.

Festinger, L. (1950). Informal and social communication. Psychological Review, 57, 271–282.

Festinger, L. (1957). A theory of cognitive dissonance. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 67901691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 679 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

680 R E F E R E N C E S

Gacono, C. B., Nieberding, R. J., Owen, A., Ruben, J., & Bodholdt, R. (2001). Treating conduct disorder, antisocial, and psychopathic personalities. In J. B. Ashford, B. D. Sales & W. H. Reid (Eds.) Treating adult and juvenile offenders with special needs (pp. 99–129). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Galambos, N. L., & Almeida, D. M. (1992). Does parent-adolescent conflict increase in early adolescence? Journal of Marriage and the Family, 54, 737–747.

Galinsky, M., & Schopler, J. (1977). Warning: Groups may be dangerous. Social Work, 22, 89–94.

Gallagher, W. (1993). The power of place: How our surrounding shape out thoughts, emotions, and actions. New York: Poseidon Press.

Gallo, J., & Rabins, P. (1999). Depression without sadness: Alternative pre-sentations of depression in late life. American Family Physician, 60(3), 820–826.

Gambrill, E. (1997). Social work practice: A critical thinker’s guide. New York: Oxford University Press.

Ganong, M. D., & Coleman, M. (2004). Stepfamilies: Development, dynamics, and intervention. New York: Plenum.

Ganong, M. D., Hersen, M., Kabacoff, R. I., & Vanhasselt, V. B. (1999). Interpersonal and psychological correlates of marital dissatisfaction in late life: A review. Clinical Psychology Review, 19, 359–378.

Garbarino, J. (1995). Raising children in a society toxic environment. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Garbarino, J. (1999). Lost boys: Why our sons turn violent and how we can save them. New York: Freepress.

Garbarino, J., & Abramowitz, R. H. (1992a). Sociocultural risk and oppor-tunity. In J. Garbarino (Ed.), Children and families in the social environ-ment (2nd ed., pp. 35–70). New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Garbarino, J., Burston, N., Raber, S., Russel, R., & Crouter, A. (1978). The so-cial maps of children approaching adolescence: Studying the ecology of youth development. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 7, 417–428.

Garbarino, J., Galambos, N. L., Plantz, M. C., & Kostelny, K. (1992). The territory of childhood. In J. Garbarino (Ed.), Children and families in the social environment (2nd ed., pp. 214–234). New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Garcia Coll, C., Bearer, E. L., & Lerner, R. M. (2004). Nature and Nurture: The complex interplay of genetic and environmental influences on human behavior and development. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Garcia Coll, C., Lamberty, G., Jenkins, R., McAdoo, H., Crnic, K., Wasik, B., et al. (1996). An integrative model for the study of developmental competencies in minority children. Child Development, 67, 1891–1914.

Garcia-Preto, N. (1994, July/August). On the bridge. Family Therapy Networker, 35–37.

Gardner, D. M. (1997, January/February). The 1997 body image survey. Psychology Today, 31–84.

Garmon, L. C., Basinger, K. S., Gregg, V. R., & Gibbs, J. C. (1996). Gender differences in stage and expression of moral judgment. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 42, 418–437.

Gartner, A., & Riessman, F. (1977). Self-help in the human services. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Gaston, M., & Porter, G. K. (2001). Prime time: The African American wom-en’s complete guide to midlife health and wellness. New York: Ballantine.

Gaylin, W. (1986). Rediscovering love. New York: Viking Penguin.Gelman, S. A. (2003). The essential child: Origins of essentialism in everyday.

New York: Oxford University Press.George, N. (1998). Hip Hop America. New York: Penguin Group.Gerard, M., & Dukette, R. (1954). Techniques for preventing separation trauma

in child placement. The American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 24, 111–127.Gergen, K. (1991). The saturated self: Dilemmas of identity in contemporary

life. New York: Basic Books.Gergen, K. J. (1991, September/October). The saturated family. Family

Therapy Networker, 27–35.Gerhart, U., & Brooks, A. (1993). The social work practitioner and antipsy-

chotic drugs. Social Work, 28, 454–460.Germain, C. B. (1991). Human behavior in the social environment: An ecologi-

cal view. New York: Columbia University Press.Geronimus, A. (1991). Teenage childbearing and social and reproductive

disadvantage: The evolution of complex questions and the demise of simple answers. Family Relations, 40, 463–471.

Geronimus, A. (1992). Teenage childbearing and social disadvantage: Unprotected discourse. Family Relations, 41, 244–248.

Geroski, A. M., & Rodgers, L. A. (1998). Collaborative assessment and treatment of children with enuresis and encopresis. Professional School Counseling, 2, 128–135.

Gerth, H., & Mills, C. W. (1953). Character and social structure: The psychology of social institutions. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

Forehand, R. L., & Nicholas, J. L. (2002). Parenting the strong-willed child: The clinically proven fi ve-week program for parents of two-to six-year-olds. Cambridge: Cambridge University press.

Forsyth, D. R. (1999). Group dynamics (3rd ed.). Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing Company.

Forsyth, D. R. (2005). Group dynamics (4th ed.). Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing Company.

Foster, R. L., Hunsberger, M. M., & Anderson, J. T. (1989). Family-centered nursing care of children. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Fowers, B. J., & Olson, D. H. (1989). ENRICH Marital Inventory: A dis-criminant validity and cross-validation assessment. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 15, 65–79.

Fowler, J. W. (1981). Stages of faith: The psychology of human development and the quest for meaning. San Francisco: Harper and Row.

Fox, M. (1995). The reinvention of work: A new vision of livelihood for our time. San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco.

Fox, J. J., & Bartholomae, S. (2000). Economic stress and families. In P. C. McKenry & S. J. Price (Eds.), Families and change: Coping with stressful events and transitions (2nd ed., pp. 250–278). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Fozard, J., & Gordon-Salant, S. (2001). Changes in vision and hearing with aging. In J. Birren & K. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the Psychology of Aging (5th ed., pp. 241–266). New York: Academic Press.

Fraiberg, S. H. (1980). Clinical studies in infant mental health. New York: Basic Books.

Frank, A. (1952). The diary of a young girl. Garden City, NY: Doubleday.Frank, D., Silva, M., & Needlman, R. (1993, February). Failure to thrive:

Mystery, myth, and method. Contemporary Pediatrics, 114–133.Frankenberg, W., & Dodds, J. (1967). Denver Development Screening Test.

Journal of Pediatrics, 71, 181–191.Franks, M., Pierce, L., & Dwyer, J. (2003). Expected parent-care involvement

of adult children. Journal of Applied Gerontology, 22(1), 104–117.Frede, E. (1995). The role of program quality in producing early childhood

program benefi ts. The Future of Children, 5(3), 212–232.Freedman, D. G., & DeBoer, M. M. (1979). Biological and cultural differences

in early child development. Annual Review of Anthropology, 8, 579–600.Freiberg, P. (1998, February). Prevention studies take a variety of tacks. APA

Monitor, 33.French, J., & Raven, B. (1959). The bases of social power. In D. Cartwright

(Ed.), Studies in social power (pp. 62–86). Ann Arbor: Institute for Research, University of Michigan.

Freud, A., & Dann, S. (1951). An experiment in group upbringing. Psycho-analytic Study of the Child, 6, 127–168.

Frey, K. S., Nolen, S. B., Edstrom, L. V., & Hirschstein, M. K. (2005). Effects of a school-based social-emotional competence program: Linking children’s goals, attributions, and behavior. Applied Developmental Psychology, 26, 171–200.

Fried, L. P., Carlson, M. C., Freedman, M., Frick, K. D., Glass, T. A., Hill, et al. (2004). A social model for health promotion for an aging popula-tion: Initial evidence on the Experience Corps model. Journal of Urban Health, 81(1), 64–78.

Friedlander, M. L. (1999). Ethnic identity development of internationally adopted children and adolescents: Implications for family therapists. Journal of Marital and Family Therapy, 25, 43–60.

Friedman, M., & Rosenman, R. F. (1974). Type A behavior and your heart. New York: Knopf.

Friedman, S. L., & Wach, T. D. (Eds.) (1999). Measuring environment across the life span: Emerging methods and concepts. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Friston, K. J., & Price, C. J. (2001). Generative models, brain function and neuroimaging. Scandanavian Journal of Psychology, 42, 167–77.

Fromboise, T., Coleman, H. L. K., & Gerton, J. (1993). Psychological Impact of Biculturalism: Evidence and theory. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 395–412.

Fry, P. (2001). The unique contribution of key existential factors to the pre-diction of psychological well-being of older adults following spousal loss. The Gerontologist, 41(1), 69–81.

Fuller-Thomson, E., & Minkler, M. (2001). American grandparents providing extensive child care to their grandchildren. The Gerontologist, 41, 201–209.

Furino, A., & Munoz, E. (1991). Hispanic health: Time for data, time for action [Editorial]. Journal of the American Medical Association, 265, 253–257.

Furstenberg, F. F., Kennedy, S., McCloyd, V. C., Rumbaut, R. G., & Settersten, Jr., R. A. (2004). Growing up is harder to do. Contexts, 3, 33–41.

Gabe, T., Lyke, B., & Spar, K. (2001). Child care: The role of the federal government. In B. Ring (Ed.), The child care disaster in America: Disdain or disgrace? (pp. 1–24). Huntington, NY: Nova Science Publishing.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68001691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 680 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 681

Gonsiorek, J. C. (1991). The empirical basis for the demise of the illness model of homosexuality. In J. C. Gonsiorek & J. D. Weinrich (Eds.), Homosexuality: Research implications for public policy (pp. 115–137). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Goode, E. (1993). Drug abuse. Grolier Electronic Encyclopedia.Goodings, C. (1987). Bitter-sweet dreams: Girls’ and young women’s own

stories. London: Virago Press.Gordon, R. A., Chase-Lansdale, P. L., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (2004). Extended

households and the life course of young mothers: Understanding the associations using a sample of mothers with premature babies. Child Development, 75, 1013–1038.

Gordon, T. (2000). Parent effectiveness training: The proven program for raising responsible children. New York: Three Rivers Press.

Gorski, P. A. (1999). Pregnancy, birth and the first days. In M. D. Levine, W. B. Carey, & A. C. Crocker (Eds.), Developmental-behavioral pediatrics (pp. 14–37). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Gotlib, I. H., & Wheaton, B. (1997). Stress and adversity over the life course: Trajectories and turning points. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Gottesman, I. I. (1991). Schizophrenia genetics: The origins of madness. New York: Freeman.

Gottfredson, M. R., & Hirschi, T. (1990). A general theory of crime. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.

Gottfried, T. (2001). Teen fathers today. New York: 21st Century.Gottlieb, S., & Barrett, D. (1986). Effects of unanticipated cesarean section

on mothers, infants, and their interaction in the first month of life. Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 7, 180–185.

Gottman, J. M. (1994, May/June). Why marriages fail. Family Therapy Networker, 41–48.

Gottman, J. M. (1997). The heart of parenting: Raising an emotionally intel-ligent child. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Gottman, J. M. (1998). Raising an emotionally intelligent child. New York: Fireside.

Gottman, J. M., & Declaire, J. (2007). Ten lessons to transform your marriage: America’s love lab experts share their strategies for strengthening your rela-tionship. New York: Three Rivers Press.

Graber, J. A., Petersen, A. C., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (1996). Pubertal processes: Methods, measures, and models. In J. A. Graber, J. Brooks-Gunn, & A. C. Petersen (Eds.), Transitional domains and context (pp. 23–54). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Graham, S. R. (1992). What does a man want? American Psychologist, 47, 837–841.

Graham-Bermann, S. A., & Edleson, J. L. (2001). Domestic violence in the lives of children: The future of research, intervention, and social policy. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Gray, A., & Payne, P. (2001). World health disease. New York: Open Univer-sity Press.

Gray-Little, B., & Hafdahl, A. R. (2000). Factors influencing racial compari-sons of self-esteem: A quantitative review. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 26–54.

Grebb, J. A., Reus, V. I., & Freimer, N. B. (1988). Neurobehavioral chemistry & physiology. In H. H. Goldman (Ed.), Review of general psychiatry (pp. 69–89). East Norwalk, CT: Appleton & Lang.

Green, J. W. (1995). Cultural awareness in the human services: A multi-ethnic approach. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Green, J. W. (1999). Cultural awareness in the human services: A multi-ethnic approach (3rd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Green, M. F. (1998). Schizophrenia from a neurocognitve perspective: Probing the impenetrable darkness. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Green, R. G., Beatty, W. W., & Arkin, R. M. (1984). Human motivation. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Greene, R. R. (2000). Social work with the aged and their families (2nd ed.). New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Greenfi eld, P., & Zheng, Y. (2006). Children, adolescents, and the Internet: A new fi eld of inquiry in developmental psychology. Developmental Psychology, 42, 391–394.

Greenlee, R. T. (2000). Cancer statistics, 2000. CA: The Cancer Journal for Clinicians, 50, 24–18.

Griffith, D. (1988). The effect of prenatal exposure to cocaine on the infant and on early maternal-infant interactions. In I. J. Chasnoff (Ed.), Drugs, alcohol, pregnancy, and parenting (pp. 142–158). Lancaster, UK: Kluwer.

Griffith, D. (1992, September). Prenatal exposure to cocaine and other drugs: Developmental and educational prognoses. Phi Delta Kappan, 30–34.

Griggs, S., & Dunn, R. (2004). Hispanic-American students and learn-ing style. ERIC Digest. Retrieved August 3, 2004, from http://www. ericdigests.org/1996–4/hispanic.htm

Gfroerer, J., Penne, M., Pemberton, M., & Folsom, R. (2003). Substance abuse treatment need among older adults in 2020: The impact of the baby boom cohort. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 69(2), 127–135.

Giannakoulopoulos, X., Sepulveda, W., Kourtis, P., Glover, V., & Fisk, N. (1994). Fetal plasma cortisol and B-endorphin response to intrauter-ineneedling. Lancet, 344, 77–81.

Gibbs, J. T. (1987). Identity and Marginality: Issues in the treatment of Biracial Adolescents. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 57, 265–278.

Gibbs, J. T. (2003). Children of color: Psychological interventions with culturally diverse youth. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Gibbs, J. T., & Huang, L. N. (1998). Children of Color: Psychological interven-tions with culturally diverse youth. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Gibbs, N. (1995, July 3). Getting nowhere. Time, 17–20.Gibson, P. (2002). Barriers, lessons learned, and helpful hints: Grandmother

caregivers talk about service utilization. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 39(4), 55–74.

Giddens, A. (1989). Sociology. Cambridge, MA: Polity Press, in association with Basil Blackwell.

Giel, R. (1998). Natural and human-made disasters. In B. P. Dohrenwend (Ed.), Adversity, stress and psychopathology (pp. 66–76). New York: Oxford University Press.

Gilbert, D. (2003). The American class structure: In an age of growing inequality. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thomson Learning.

Gilbert, K. (1989). Interactive grief and coping in the marital dyad. Death Studies, 13, 605–626.

Gilgun, J. F. (1995). We shared something special: The moral discourse of incest perpetrators. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 57, 265–281.

Gilligan, C. (1977). In a different voice: Women’s conceptions of self and morality. Harvard Educational Review, 47, 481–517.

Gilligan, C. (1982). In a different voice: Psychological theory and women’s development. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Gilligan, C. (1985). Response to critics. Paper presented at the biennial meet-ing of the Society for Research in Child Development, Toronto.

Ginsberg, L., Nackerud, L., & Larrison, C. R. (2004). Human biology for so-cial workers: Development, ecology, genetics, and health. Boston: Pearson.

Ginsburg, H. P. (1985). Jean Piaget. In H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive textbook of psychiatry (Vol. 4, pp. 178–183). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

Giordano, Peggy C., Monica A. Longmore, and Wendy D. Manning. (2006). Gender and the Meanings of Adolescent Romantic Relationships: A Focus on Boys. American Sociological Review, 71, 260–287.

Glass, S. P. (2003). Not just friends. New York: The Free Press.Gleick, E. (1995, February 27). Should this marriage be saved? Time, 48–56.Glenn, N. D., & Weaver, C. N. (1988). The changing relationship of marital sta-

tus to reported happiness. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 44, 317–324.Golan, N. (1986). The perilous bridge. New York: Free Press.Gold, M., & Petronio, R. J. (1980). Delinquent behavior in adolescence. In

J. Adelson (Ed.), Handbook of adolescent psychology (pp. 310–323). New York: Wiley.

Goldberg, S. (1983). Parent-infant bonding: Another look. Child Develop-ment, 54, 1355–1382.

Goldenberg, R. (1991). Maternal psychological characteristics and IUGR. Pre and Perinatal Psychology Journal, 6, 129–134.

Goldin-Meadow, S. (2005). Resilience of language: What gesture creation in deaf children can tell us about how all children learn language. New York: Psychology Press.

Goldman, L. S., Genel, M., Bezman, R. J., & Slanetz, P. (1998). Diagnosis and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in children and adolescents. Council on scientific affairs, American Medical Asso-ciation. Journal of the American Medical Association, 279, 1100–1107.

Goldman, R. (1968). Religious thinking from childhood to adolescence. New York: Seabury.

Goldson, E. (1991). The affective and cognitive sequelae of child maltreat-ment. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 38, 1481–1496.

Goldstein, E. B. (1994). Psychology. Belmont: Brooks/Cole.Goldstein, E. G. (1984). Ego psychology and social work practice. New York:

Free Press.Goldstein, R., & Landau, D. (1990). Fortysomething. Los Angeles: Tarcher.Goleman, D. (1997). Emotional intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ.

New York: Bantam.Golombok, S., & Hines, M. (2002). Sex differences in social behavior. In

P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 265–284). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Golomobok, S., & Tasker, F. (1996). Do parents influence the sexual orien-tation of their children? Findings from a longitudinal study of lesbian families. Developmental Psychology, 32, 3–11.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68101691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 681 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

682 R E F E R E N C E S

Hansen, J. F. (1980). Children’s attachment to mother figures and the social de-velopment of black infants and young children. Unpublished manuscript, University of California, Berkeley.

Hansen, M., Imke-Janssen, M. S., Schiff, A., Zee, P. C., & Dubocovich, M. L. (2005). The Impact of School Daily Schedule on Adolescent Sleep, Pediatrics, 115, 1555–1561.

Hanson, H. C. (1962). Dictionary of ecology. New York: Philosophical Library.

Hargie, O. (2006). Handbook of communication skills. New York: Routledge.Harlow, S. D., & Park, M. A. (1996). A longitudinal study of risk factors for the

occurrence, duration and severity of menstrual cramps in a cohort of col-lege women. British Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology, 103, 1134–1142.

Harmon, R. R., & Blieszner, R. (1990). Filial responsibility expectations among adult child–older parent pairs. Journal of Gerontology: Psycho-logical Sciences, 45, 110–112.

Harmon-Jones, E., & Winkielman, P. (2007). A brief overview of social neuroscience. In E. Harmon-Jones & P. Winkielman (Eds.), Social neuroscience: Integrating, biological and psychological explanations of social behavior (pp. 3–11). New York: The Guilford Press.

Harris, J. R. (1998). The nurture assumption: Why children turn out the way they do. New York: Touchstone.

Harris, M. B. (2006). Primary prevention of pregnancy: Effective school-based programs. In C. Franklin, M. B. Harris, & P. Allen-Mears (Eds.), The school services sourcebook: A guide for school-based professionals (pp. 329–336). New York: Oxford University Press.

Harris, M. B., & Franklin, C. (2008). Taking charge: A school-based life skills program for adolescent mothers. New York: Oxford University Press.

Harris, M. J., & Rosenthal, R. (1985). Mediation of interpersonal expectancy effects: 31 meta-analyses. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 363–386.

Harris, S. (2004). The end of faith: Religion, terror, and the future of reason. New York: Norton.

Harrison, L., & Woods, S. (1991, July/August). Early parental touch and preterm infants. JOGNN, 299–305.

Harrison, L., Leeper, J., & Yoon, M. (1991). Preterm infants; physiologic responses to early parent touch. Western Journal of Nursing Research, 13, 698–713.

Harter, S. (1985). Self-perception profile for children. Denver, CO: University of Denver.

Harter, S. (1999). The construction of the self: A developmental perspective. New York: Guilford.

Harter, S. (2001). The Construction of the self: A Developmental Perspective. New York: The Guilford Press.

Hartford, M. E. (1985). Understanding normative growth and develop-ment in aging: Working with strengths. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 8, 37–54.

Hartman, A., & Laird, J. (1983). Family-centered social work practice. New York: Free Press.

Hartman, A., & Laird, J. (1987). Family practice. In A. Minahan (Ed.), Encyclopedia of social work (18th ed., Vol. 1, pp. 575–587). Silver Spring, MD: National Association of Social Workers.

Hartney, L. L. (1989, September/October). My mother’s keeper. Family therapy networker, pp. 38–41.

Hartshorne, H., & May, M. A., (1929). Studies in the nature of character. Vol.2: Studies in service and self control. New York: Macmillan.

Hartup, W. W. (1979). Peer relations and the growth of social competence. In M. W. Kent & J. E. Rolf (Eds.), Primary prevention of psychopathology: Vol. 3., Social competence in children (pp. 259–268). Hanover, NH: University Press of New England.

Hartup, W. W., & Abecassis, M. (2002). Friends and enemies. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 285–306). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Harwood, D., Hawton, K., Hope, T., & Jacoby, R. (2000). Suicide in older people: Mode of death, demographic factors, and medical contact before death. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 15, 736–743.

Hastorf, A. H., & Isen, A. M. (1982). Social knowledge. In A. H. Hastorf & A. M. Isen (Eds.), Cognitive Social Psychology. New York: Elsevier/North Holland.

Hatch, L., & Bulcroft, K. (2004). Does long-term marriage bring less fre-quent disagreements? Five explanatory frameworks. Journal of Family Issues, 25(4), 465–495.

Haugh, S. S., Hoffman, C. D., & Cowan, G. (1980). The eye of the very young beholder: Sex-typing of infants by young children. Child Devel-opment, 51, 598–600.

Hauser, M.D. (2006). Moral minds: The nature of right and wrong. New York: Haper Perennial.

Grinnell, R. M., Jr., Kyte, N. S., Bostwick G. J., Jr. (1981). Environmental modification. In A. N. Maluccio (Ed.), Promoting competence in clients: A new/old approach to social work practice (pp. 204–223). New York: Free Press.

Grodstein, F., Manson, J. E., Colditz, G. A., Willett, W. C., Speizer, F. E., & Stampfer, M. J. (2000). A prospective, observational study of post-menopausal hormone therapy and primary prevention of cardiovascu-lar disease. Annals of Internal Medicine, 133, 933–941.

Grossman, D. C., Milligan, C. B., & Deyo, R. A. (1991). Risk factors for suicide attempts among Navajo adolescents. American Journal of Public Health, 81, 870–874.

Groth, A. N., & Birnbaum, H. J. (1978). Adult sexual orientation and attrac-tion to underage persons. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 7, 175–181.

Grove, D., & Burnaugh, R. (2002). Invisible men: Finding, engaging and inspiring men in therapy. Phoenix, AZ: Zeig, Tucker, & Theisen.

Grover, K. J., Russell, C. S., Schumm, W. R., & Paff-Bergen, L. A. (1985). Mate selection processes and marital satisfaction. Family Relations, 34, 383–386.

Grusec, J. E., Davidov, M., & Lundell, L. (2002). Prosocial and helping be-havior. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of child-hood social development (pp. 457–474). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Grusec, J., & Lytton, H. (1988). Social development: History, theory and research. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Guernsey, J. (1993). Abortion: Understanding the controversy. Minneapolis, MN: Lerner.

Gulick, L. (1937). Notes on the theory of organization. In L. Gulick, & L. Urwick (Eds.), Papers on the science of administration (pp. 410–434). New York: Institute of Public Administration, Columbia University.

Gump, L. S., Baker, R. C., & Roll, S. (2000). The moral justification scale: Reliability and validity of a new measure of care and justice orienta-tion. Adolescence, 137, 67–76.

Gundara, J. S. (1993). Multiculturalism and the British nation-state. In J. Horton (Ed.), Liberalism, multiculturalism, and toleration (pp. 101–134). London: Macmillan Press.

Gunter-Hunt, G., Mahoney, J., & Sieger, C. (2002). A comparison of state advance directive documents. The Gerontologist, 42(1), 51–60.

Guo, G. (1998). The timing of the influences of cumulative poverty on chil-dren’s cognitive ability and achievement. Social Forces, 77(1), 257–287.

Guttuso, T., Jr., Kurlan, R., McDermott, M. P., & Kieburtz, K. (2003). Gaba-pentin’s effects on hot flashes in postmenopausal women: A random-ized controlled trial. Obstetrics and Gynecology, 101, 337–345.

Haaken, J. (1990). A critical analysis of the co-dependence construct. Psychiatry, 53, 396–406.

Haas, R., & Massey, K. (2001). Eat to win for permanent fat loss: The revo-lutionary fat-burning diet for peak mental and physical performance and optimum health. San Francisco: Three Rivers Press.

Hader, S. L., Smith, D. K., Moore, J. S., & Holmberg, S. D. (2001). HIV infection in women in the United States. Journal of the American Medical Association, 285, 295–307.

Hagan, J. (1995). Delinquency and disrepute in the life course. Greenwich, CN: JAI Press.

Hagestad, G. (1991). Dilemmas in life course research: An international perspective. In W. R. Heinz. (Ed.), Theoretical advances in life course research (pp. 222–243). Deutscher Studienverlag: Weinheim.

Haith, M., & Canfield, R. (1991). Young infants’ visual expectations for symmetric and asymmetric stimulus sequences. Developmental Psychol-ogy, 27, 198–208.

Hall, J. A., & Halberstadt, A. G. (1980). Masculinity and femininity in children: Development of the Children’s Personal Attributes Ques-tionnaire. Developmental Psychology, 16, 270–280.

Hall, R. E. (2005). Eurocentrism in Social Work Education: From race to identity across the lifespan as Biracial alternative. Journal of Social Work, 5, 101–114.

Halpern, R. (1993). Poverty and infant development. In C. Zeaneh (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 73–86). New York: Guilford Press.

Halpern, R. (2006). Critical issues in after-school programming. Monograph of the Herr Research Center for Children and Social Policy.

Hamark, B., Uddenberg, N., & Forssman, L. (1995). The influence of social class on parity and psychological reactions in women coming for induced abortion. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica Scandinavica, 74, 302–306.

Hammer, H., Finkelhor, D., & Sedlak, A. J. (2002). Runaway/thrownaway children: National estimates and characteristics. Washington, DC: OJJDP.

Hancock, L. (1996, March 18). Mother’s little helper. Newsweek, 51–56.Hann, D. M., Osofsky, J. D., Barnard, K. E., & Leonard, G. (1990). Maternal

emotional availability in two risk groups [Special ICIS issue]. Infant Behavior and Development, 13, 404.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68201691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 682 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 683

Hernandez, L. M., & Blazer, D. G. (2006). Genes, behavior, and the social environment: Moving beyond the nature/nurture debate. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press.

Herrerias, C. T., Perrin, J. M., & Stein, M. T. (2001). The child with ADHD: Using the AAP clinical practice guideline. American Family Physician, 63, 1811–1821.

Hersch, P. (1990, July/August). The resounding silence. Family Therapy Networker, 18–29.

Hewitt, M., & Siomone, J. V. (Eds.) (1999). Ensuring quality cancer care. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.

High rate of suicide among New York City police. (1994, November). NASW News, 9.

Hilgard, E. R. (1987). Psychology in America: A historical survey. San Diego, CA: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Hill, J. P., & Holmbeck, G. N. (1986). Attachment and autonomy during adolescence. Annals of Child Development, 3, 145–189.

Hill, J. P., Holmbeck, G. N., Marlow, L., Green, T. M., & Lynch, M. E. (1985). Pubertal status and parent-child relations in families of 7th grade boys. Journal of Early Adolescence, 5, 31–44.

Hodgins, S., & Janson, C. G., (2002). Criminality and violence among mentally disordered: The Stockholm project metropolitan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hodgson, L., & Cutler, S. (2003). Looking for signs of Alzheimer’s disease. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 56(4), 323–343.

Hoff-Ginsberg, E. (1986). Function and structure in maternal speech: Their relation to the child’s development of syntax. Developmental Psychology, 22, 155–163.

Hoffman, M. L. (1970). Moral development. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Car-michael’s manual of child psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 314–331). New York: Wiley.

Hoffman, S., Mantell, J., Exner, T., & Stein, Z. (2004). The Future of the Female Condom. International Family Planning Perspectives, 30, 39–145.

Hogg, M. A. (2003). Social Identity. In M. R. Leary & J. P. Tangney (Eds.) Handbook of self and identity (pp. 462–479). New York: Guilford Press.

Hoggett, P. (1997). Contested communities: Experiences, struggles, policies. Bristol: The Policy Press.

Hohman, M. (1995). Self-efficacy and empowerment: A study of women in recovery from alcoholism. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, School of Social Work, Arizona State University.

Holland, D. (1997). Selves as cultured: As told by an anthropologist who lacks a soul. In R. D. Ashmore, & L. Jussim (Eds.), Self and identity: Fundamental issues (pp. 42–71). New York: Oxford University Press.

Holloway, J. H. (2003). When children aren’t ready for kindergarten. Educa-tional Leadership, 60, 89–90.

Holstein, M., & Minkler, M. (2003). Self, society, and the “new gerontology.” The Gerontologist, 43(6), 787–796.

Homans, G. C. (1950). The human group. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.Homans, G. C. (1961). Social behavior: Its elementary form. New York:

Harcourt Brace.Honzik, M. (1976). Values and limitations of infant tests: An overview. In

M. Lewis (Ed.), Origins of intelligence (pp. 59–95). New York: Plenum.Hooyman, N. R., & Kiyak, H. A. (2002). Social gerontology: A multidisciplinary

approach. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.Hooyman, N. R. (1994). Diversity and populations at risk: Women. In

F. G. Reamer (Ed.), The foundations of social work knowledge (pp. 66–82). Columbia University Press.

Hopper, K. (2003). Reckoning with homelessness. New York: Cornell Univer-sity Press.

Horenczyk, G., & Munayer, S. (2003). Complex patterns of cultural alle-giances: The ethnic identity of Palestinian Christian Arab adolescents in Israel. In P. Weinrich & W. Saunderson (Eds.), Analyzing identity: Cross-cultural, societal, and clinical contexts (pp. 44–56). London: Routledge Taylor & Francis.

Horn, J. L. (1982). The theory of fluid and crystallized intelligence in rela-tion to concepts of cognitive psychology and aging in adulthood. In F. J. M. Craik & S. Trehub (Eds.), Aging and cognitive processes (pp. 237–278). New York: Plenum.

Horton, J. (1993). Liberalism, multiculturalism, and tolerance. In J. Horton (Ed.), Liberalism, multiculturalism, and toleration (pp. 255–274). London: Macmillan Press.

The Hospice Foundation of Florida Suncoast. Children’s developmental stages and reactions to grief. Hospice Foundation, 2009.

Howard, D. V. (1983). Cognitive psychology: Memory, language, and thought. New York: Macmillan.

Howard, J. A., & Hollander, J. A. (1997). Gendered situations, gendered selves: A gender lens on social psychology. Newbury Park: Sage Publications.

Havighurst, R. (1961). Successful aging. Gerontologist, 1, 8–13.Havighurst, R. J. (1952). Developmental tasks and education. New York:

David McKay.Havighurst, R. J. (1972). Developmental tasks and education (3rd ed.).

New York: David McKay.Hawkins, J., Pea, R. D., Glick, J., & Scribner, S. (1984). “Merds that laugh

don’t like mushrooms”: Evidence for deductive reasoning by pre-schoolers. Developmental Psychology, 20, 584–594.

Hay, D. F. (2005). The beginnings of aggression in infancy. In R. E. Tremblay, W. H. Hartup, & J. Archer (Eds.), Developmental origins of aggression (pp. 107–132), New York: Guildford Press.

Hayden, M. F., & Goldman, J. (1996). Families of adults with mental retardation: Stress levels and need for services. Social Work, 41(6), 657–667.

Haynie, Dana L., Peggy C. Giordano, Wendy D. Manning, and Monica A. Longmore. (2005). Adolescent Romantic Relationships and Delin-quency Involvement. Criminology, 43, 177–210.

Hayward, M. D., Crimmins, E. M., Miles, T. P., Yu, Y. (2000). The signifi -cance of socioeconomic status in explaining the racial gap in chronic health conditions. American Sociological Review, 65, 910–930.

Hearn, G. (1979). General systems theory and social work. In F. J. Turner (Ed.), Social work treatment: Interlocking theoretical approaches (2nd ed., pp. 32–45). New York: Free Press.

Heatherington, E. M. (1988). Parents, children, and siblings: Six years after divorce. In R. A. Hinde & J. Stevenson-Hinde (Eds.), Relationships within families: Mutual influences (pp. 311–331). New York: Oxford University Press.

Heatherington, E. M., & Blechman, E. A. (1996). Stress, coping, and resiliency in children and families. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Heatherington, E. M., & Kelly, J. (2002). For better or worse: Divorce reconsid-ered. New York: Norton.

Heatherington, E. M., & Stanley-Hagan, M. (2000). Diversity among step-families. In D. H. Demo, K. R. Allen, & M. A. Fine (Eds.), Handbook of family diversity (pp. 289–309). New York: Oxford University Press.

Heatherington, E. M., & Stanley-Hagan, M. (2002). Parenting in divorced and remarried families. In M. H. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook of par-enting (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 287–315), Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Heaton, T. B. (2002). Factors contributing to increasing marital stability in the United States. Journal of Family Issues, 23, 392–409.

Hebert, L., Scherr, P., Bienias, J., Bennett, D., & Evans, D. (2003). Alzheimer disease in the US population: Prevalence estimates using the 2000 census. Archives of Neurology, 60, 1119–1122.

Hecht, M. (1993). African American communication: Ethnic identity and cultural interpretation. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Heinz, W. R. (1991b). Status passages, social risks, and the life course: A conceptual framework. In W. R. Heinz (Ed.), Theoretical advances in life course research (pp. 111–132). Weinheim: Deutscher Studien Verlaz.

Heinz, W. R. (1996). Introduction. In A. Weymann & W. R. Heinz (Eds.), Society and biography: Interrelationships between social structure, institutions, and the life course (pp. 1–12). Weinheim: Deutscher Studien Verlag.

Heise, L. (1989, March/April). The global war against women. World Watch, 21.

Heller, K. W., Alberto, P. A., Forney, P. E. (1996). Understanding Physical, Sensory and Health Impairments: Characteristics and Educational Implica-tions. Belmont: Wadsworth.

Heller, K., Price, R., Reinharz, S., Riger, S., & Wanderman, A. (1984). Psychology and community change: Challenges of the future. Pacifi c Grove: Brooks/Cole Publishing.

Helm, H., Hays, J., Flint, E., Koenig, H., & Blazer, D. (2000). Does private religious activity prolong survival? A six year follow-up study of 3,851 older adults. The Journals of Gerontology Series, A: Biological Sciences and Medical Sciences, 55, M400–M405.

Henggeler, S. W., Schoenwald, S. K., Rowland, M. D., & Cunningham, P. B. (2002). Serious emotional disturbance in children and adolescents: Multi-systemic therapy. New York: The Guilford Press.

Hennessy, C. H., & John, R. (1995). The interpretation of burden among Pueblo Indian caregivers. Journal of Aging Studies, 9, 215–229.

Hepworth, D. H., & Larsen, J. A. (1993). Direct social work practice (4th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Herek, G. M. (1991). Stigma, prejudice, and violence against lesbians and gay men. In J. C. Gonsiorek & J. D. Weinrich (Eds.), Homosexuality: Research implications for public policy (pp. 146–166). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Herman, E. (1988, Summer). The twelve-step program: Cure or cover? Out/Look: National Lesbian and Gay Quarterly. Excerpted in Utne Reader (1988, November/December), 52–63.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68301691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 683 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

684 R E F E R E N C E S

Jackson, K.F. (2007). Beyond Race: Examining the cultural identity of multi-racial individuals. Retrieved October 5, 2007, from ProQuest Digital Dissertations.

Jackson, P. (1985, April). When the baby isn’t perfect. American Journal of Nursing, 396–399.

Jacobsen, T., Edelstein, W., & Hoffman, V. (1994). A longitudinal study of the relation between representations of attachment in childhood and cognitive functioning in childhood and adolescence. Developmental Psychology, 30, 112–124.

Jacobson, B. (1987). Perinatal origin of adult self-destructive behavior. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 76, 364–371.

Jacoby, L. L., & Witherspoon, D. (1982). Remembering without awareness. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 36, 300–324.

Jaffe, M. L. (1991). Understanding parenting. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown.Jaffe, P. G., Hurley, D. J., Wolfe, D. (1990). Children’s observations of

violence: I. Critical issues in child development and intervention plan-ning. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 35, 466–470.

Jaffee, S., & Hyde, J. S. (2000). Gender differences in moral orientation: A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 126, 703–721.

James, W. (1890). The principles of psychology. New York: Holt.Jang, Y., Haley, W., Small, B., & Mortimer, J. (2002). The role of mastery

and social resources in the associations between disability and depres-sion in later life. The Gerontologist, 42(6), 807–813.

Janis, I. L. (1972). Victims of groupthink. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.Janis, I. L. (1973, January). Groupthink. Yale Alumni Magazine, 16–19.Janis, I. L. (1982). Groupthink: Psychological studies of policy decisions and

fiascoes. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.Janis, I. L., & Mann, L. (1977). Decision making: A psychological analysis of

conflict, choice, and commitment. New York: Free Press.Jannke, S. (1994). Mandatory drug testing of pregnant women. Childbirth

Instructor, 4(4), 12–18.Janosik, E. H. (1986). Crisis counseling: A contemporary approach. Boston:

Jones & Bartlett.Jason, J., & van de Meer, A. (1989). Parenting your premature baby. New York:

Henry Holt.Jasso, G. (2004). Migration, human development, and the life course. In

J. T. Mortimer and M. J. Shanahan (Eds.) Handbook of the life course. (pp. 331–364). New York: Springer.

Javroff, L. (1996, April 1). Prostate cancer: The battle. Time, 58–65.Jedrychowski, W., & Flak, E. (1996). Confronting the prenatal effects of

active and passive tobacco smoking on the birth weight of children. Central European Journal of Public Health, 4, 201–205.

Jenkins, J. (1992). Sibling relationships in disharmonious homes: Potential difficulties and protective effects. In F. Boer & J. Dunn (Eds.), Children’s sibling relationships: Developmental and clinical issues (pp. 24–47). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Jennings, K., Wisner, K., Conley, B. (1991). Serving the mental health needs of families with children under three: A comprehensive program. Infant Mental Health Journal, 12, 276–290.

Jensen, P. S. (2001). ADHD comorbidity and treatment outcomes in the MTA. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 401, 134–136.

Jessor, R. (1987). Problem-behavior theory, psychosocial development, and adolescent problem drinking. British Journal of Addiction, 82, 331–342.

Jessor, R. (1992). Risk behavior in adolescence: A psychosocial framework for understanding and action. In D. E. Rogers & E. Ginzburg (Eds.), Adolescents at risk: Medical and social perspectives (pp. 19–34). Boulder, CO: Westview Press.

Jessor, R. (1998). New perspectives on adolescent risk behavior. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Johnson, A. G. (1995). The Blackwell dictionary of sociology. Malden: Blackwell Publishers.

Johnson, B. (2001). A study of sexuality in older adults: A multidimensional framework. Paper presented at the Annual Meeting, Gerontological Society of America, Chicago, IL.

Johnson, D. F., Jaeger, E., Randolph, S. J., Cauce, A. M., Ward, J., & The NICHD Early Child Care Research Network. (2003). Studying the effects of early child care experience on the development of children of color in the U.S.: Towards more inclusive research agenda. Child Development, 74(5), 1227–1244.

Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. (1989). Cooperation and competition: Theory and research. Edina, MN: Interaction Book Company.

Johnson, H. C. (1999). Psyche, synapse and substance: The role of neurobiol-ogy in emotions, behavior, cognition, and addiction for non-scientists. Greenfield, MA: Deerfield Valley Publishing.

Howard, J. A., & Renfrow, D. G. (2003). Social cognition. In J. Delamater (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 259–281). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.

Howe, M. (1995, June). New cognitive developments make waves. APA Monitor.Howell, J. C., & Lynch, J. P. (2000). Youth gangs in schools. Washington, DC:

Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Programs.Hoyenga, K. B., & Hoyenga, K. T. (1988). Psychobiology: The neuron and

behavior. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.Huff, R. G. (2001). Gangs in America: III. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.Hughes, C. B., & Page-Lieberman, J. (1989). Totality of bereavement,

25–56-year-old fathers who experienced perinatal loss of infant. Death Studies, 13, 537–556.

Hunter, S., Sundel, S. S., & Sundel, M. (2002). Women at midlife: Life experiences and implications for the helping professions. Washington, DC: NASW Press.

Hurd, L. C. (1999). We’re not old! Older women’s negotiation of aging and oldness. Journal of Aging Studies, 13, 419–439.

Hutchison, E. D., & Charlesworth, L. W. (1998). Human behavior in the social environment: The role or gender in the expansion of practice knowledge. In J. Figueira-McDonough, F. E. Netting, & A. Nichols-Casebolt (Eds.), The role of gender in practiced knowledge: Claiming half the human experience (pp. 41–80). New York: Garland Publishing.

Hybels, C., Blazer, D., & Pieper, C. (2001). Toward a threshold for sub-threshold depression: An analysis of correlates of depression by sever-ity of symptoms using data from an elderly community sample. The Gerontologist, 41(3), 357–365.

Hyde, J. S. (1985). Half the human experience: The psychology of women (3rd ed.). Lexington, MA: Heath.

Hyde, J. S., & Phillis, D. E. (1979). Androgyny across the life span. Develop-mental Psychology, 15, 334–336.

Hymel, S., Comfort, C., Schonert-Reichl, K., & McDougall, P. (1996). Academic failure and school dropout: The influence of peers. In K. Wentzel & J. Juvonen (Eds.), Social motivation: Understanding children’s school adjust-ment (pp. 313–345). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Hymel, S., Vaillancourt, T., McDougall, P., & Renshaw, P. D. (2002). Peer acceptance and rejection in childhood. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 265–284). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Iglowstein, I., Jenni, O. G., Molinari, L., & Largo, R. H. (2003). Children and adolescent sleep. American Family Physician, 111, 302–307.

Iliffe, S., & Manthorpe, J. (2004). The hazards of early recognition of dementia: A risk assessment. Aging and Mental Health, 8(2), 99–105.

Ingersoll-Dayton, B., Neal, M. B., & Hammer, L. B. (2001). Aging parents helping adult children: The experience of the sandwiched generation. Family Relations, 50, 262–271.

Institute of Medicine (2001). Crossing the quality chasm: A new health system for the 21st century. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

Institute of Medicine. (2003). Unequal treatment: Confronting racial and ethnic disparities in health care. Washington, DC: National Academies Press.

Institute of Medicine. (1999). The unequal burden of cancer: An assessment of NIH research and programs for ethnic minorities and the medically under-served. Washington, DC: National Academic Press.

Institute of Medicine. (August, 2006). Institute Brief: Genes, behavior, and the social environment: Moving beyond the/nature/nurture debate (pp. 1–4). Washington, DC: Institute of Medicine of the National Academies.

Isay, B. (1997). Becoming gay: The journal to self-acceptance. New York: Owl Books.Iyengar, S. S., & Brockner, J. (2001). Cultural differences in self and the im-

pact on personal and social influences. In W. Wosinska, R. B. Cialdinia, D. W. Barrett, & J. Reykowski (Eds.), The practice of social influence in multiple cultures (pp. 13–32). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Izard, C. (Ed.). (1982). Measuring emotions in infants and children. London: Cambridge University Press.

Jablonski, N. B., & Chaplin, G. (2002). Skin deep. Scientific American, 287(4), 74–81.

Jackson, A. P. (1998). The role of social support in parenting for low-income, single, black mothers. Social Service Review, 72, 365–378.

Jackson, A. P. (2003b). Mothers’ employment and poor and near poor African-American children’s development: A longitudinal study. Social Services Review, 77, 93–109.

Jackson, A. P., & Huang, C. C. (1998). Concerns about children’s develop-ment: Implications for single employed black mothers’ well being. Social Work Research, 22, 233–240.

Jackson, J. F. (1993). Multiple caregivers among African Americans and in-fant attachment: The need for an emic approach. Human Development, 36, 87–102.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68401691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 684 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 685

Kaplan, H. B. (2006). Self theory and emotions (224–257). In J. E. Stets & J. H. Turner (eds.), Handbook of sociology of emotions. New York: Springer.

Kaplan, P. S. (2004). Adolescence. Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.Karls, J. M., & O’Keefe, M. E. (2009). Person-in-environment system. In:

A. R. Roberts (Ed.), Social Workers’ Desk Reference (2nd ed., pp. 371–376). New York: Oxford University Press.

Karls, J. M., & Wandrei, K. E. (1994). Person-in-environment system: The PIE classification system for social functioning problems. Washington, DC: NASW Press.

Kassinove, H. (1995). Anger disorders: Defi nition, diagnosis, and treatment. Washington, DC: Taylor Francis.

Kastenbaum, R. (1977). Death and development through the life span. In H. Feifel (Ed.), New meanings of death (pp. 18–45). New York: McGraw-Hill.

Kato, T. (2001). Molecular genetics of bipolar disorder. Neuroscience Research, 40, 105–113.

Katz, J. N. (2005). The invention of heterosexuality. In T. L. Steele (Ed.), Sex, self, and society: The social context of sexuality (pp. 50–61). Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.

Katz, M. (1998). Personal communication, November 1998.Kauffman, S. E., Silver, P., & Poulin, J. (1997). Gender differences in

attitudes toward alcohol, tobacco, and other drugs. Social Work, 42(3), 231–241.

Kaufman, G., & Elder, G. (2002). Revisiting age identity: A research note. Journal of Aging Studies, 16, 169–176.

Kaufman, G., & Elder, G. (2003). Grandparenting and age identity. Journal of Aging Studies, 17(3), 269–282.

Kaufman, S. (1998). Intensive old age, care, and the problem of death in America. The Gerontologist, 38(6), 718.

Kawachi, I., & Berkman, L. F. (2001). Social ties and mental health. Journal of Urban Health, 78, 458–467.

Kayser-Jones, J. (2002). The experience of dying: An ethnographic nursing home study. The Gerontologist, 42(Special Issue 3), 11–19.

Kazdin, A. E. (2000). Behavior modification in applied settings. Pacific Grove, CA: Wadsworth.

Kazdin, A. E. (2005). Parent management training. New York: Oxford University Press.

Kazdin, A. E., & Frame, C. (1983). Aggressive behavior and conduct dis-order. In R. J. Morris & T. R. Kratochwill (Eds.), The practice of child therapy (pp. 56–79). New York: Pergamon Press.

Kazdin, A. E., & Weisz, J. R. (2003). Evidence-based psychotherapies for children and adolescents. New York: Guilford Press.

Kearney, C. A. (2001). School refusal behavior in youth: A functional approach to assessment and treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kearney, C. A., Stowman, S., Haight, C., & Wechsler, A. (2008). Manualized treatment for anxiety-based school refusal behavior in youth. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of Evidence-based Treatment Manuals for Children and Adolescents (pp. 286–313). New York: Oxford University Press.

Keen, S. (1991). Fire in the belly: On being a man. New York: Bantam Books.Kellner, D. (1990). The postmodern turn: Positions, problems and pros-

pects. In G. Rutger (Ed.), Frontiers of social theory (pp. 255–286). New York: Columbia University Press.

Kelly, P. (2002). Multiculturalism reconsidered: Culture and equality and its critics. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

Kelly, S. (1993). Caregiver stress in grandparents raising grandchildren. IMAGE: Journal of Nursing Scholarship, 25, 331–337.

Kemper, S., & Mitzner, T. (2001). Language production and comprehen-sion. In J. Birren & K. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the Psychology of Aging (5th ed., pp. 378–398). New York: Academic Press.

Kemper, T. D. (2006). Power and status and the power status theory of emotions. In J. E. Stets & J. H. Turner (Eds.). Handbook of the sociology of emotions. (pp. 87–113). New York: Springer.

Kendall, P. C. (2000). Child & adolescent therapy. New York: Guilford.Kendall, P. C., & Braswell, L. (1985). Cognitive-behavioral therapy for impul-

sive children. New York: Guilford Press.Kendall, P. C., & Treadwell, K. R. H. (1996). Cognitive-behavioral group

treatment for socially anxious youth. In E. D. Hibbs & P. Jensen (Eds.), Psychosocial treatment research of child and adolescent disorders: Empiri-cally based strategies for clinical practice (pp. 23–41). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kennel, J., & Klaus, M. (1976). Maternal-infant bonding: The impact of early separation or loss on family development. St. Louis, MO: C. V. Mosby.

Kenrick, D., Ackerman, J., & Ledlow, S. (2003). Evolutionary social psychol-ogy: Adaptative predispositions and Human Culture. In J. Delamater (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 103–122). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.

Johnson, H. C., Atkins, S. P., Battle, S. F., Hernandez-Arata, L., Hesselbrock, M., Libassi, M. F., Parish, M. (1990, Spring/Summer). Strengthening the “bio” in the biopsychosocial paradigm. Journal of Social Work Education, 109–123.

Johnson, J. H., & Fennell, E. (1983). Aggressive and delinquent behavior in childhood and adolescence. In E. Walker & M. Roberts (Eds.), Handbook of clinical child psychology (pp. 298–321). New York: Wiley.

Johnson, J., & Goldman, J. (1990). Developmental assessment in clinical child psychology. New York: Pergamon Press.

Johnson, J., & Smith, N. (2002). Health and social issues associated with racial, ethnic, and cultural disparities. Generations, 26(3). Retrieved June 24, 2004, from www.generatiosjournal.org

Johnson, M. H., & Karmiloff-Smith, A. (2004). Neuroscience perspectives on infant development. In Bremner, G., & Slater, A. (Eds.), Theories of infant development (pp. 145–173). Carlton, Victoria: Blackwell Publishing.

Johnston, L. D., O’Malley, P. M., & Bachman, J. G. (1994). National survey results on drug use from the monitoring the future Study, 1975–1993. Rockville, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse.

Johnston, L. D., O’Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Schulenberg, J. E. (2003). Ecstasy use falls for second year in a row, overall teen drug use drops. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan News and Information Services.

Johnston, L. D., O’Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Schulenberg, J. E. (2007). Overall, illicit drug use by American teens continues gradual de-cline in 2007. University of Michigan News Service: Ann Arbor, MI. [Online]. Retrieved from www.monitoringthefuture.org

Jones, E., & McCurdy, K. (1992). The links between types of maltreatment and demographic characteristics of children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 16, 201–215.

Jones, J. (1994). Embodied meaning: menopause and the change of life. Social work in Health Care, 19, 43–65.

Jones, J. (1997). Representations of menopause and their health care: Implications: A qualitative analysis. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 13, 58–65.

Jones, J. (1999). Hormone replacement therapy: Women’s decision-making process. Social Work in Health Care, 28, 95–111.

Jones, J. (2004). Personal communication.Jones, N. A., & Smith, A. S. (2001). Census 2000 brief: Two or more races, U.S.

census bureau. Retrieved from http://www.census.gov/prod/2001pubs/c2kbr01-6.pdf on 10/1/02

Jordan, C., & Franklin, C. (2003). Clinical assessment for social workers. Quantitative and qualitative methods (2nd ed.). Chicago: Lyceum Books.

Josephson Institute of Ethics. (2001). 2000 report card: The ethics of American youth: Violence and substance abuse: Data and commentary. Marina del Rey, CA: Author.

Kadushin, A., & Kadushin, G. (1997). The Social Work Interview. New York: Columbia University Press.

Kagan, J. (1984b). The nature of the child. New York: Basic Books.Kahn, A. J., & Kamerman, S. B. (1987). Child care: Facing the hard choices.

Dover, MA: Auburn House.Kalat, J. W. (1995). Biological psychology (5th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.Kalat, J. W. (2001). Biological psychology (7th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.Kalat, J. W. (2004). Biological Psychology (8th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/

Thomson Learning.Kalat, J. W. (2007). Biological psychology (9th ed.). Belmont: Thomson

Wadsworth.Kalter, N. (2006). Growing up with divorce: Helping your child avoid immediate

and later emotional problems. New York: The Free Press.Kalter, N., & Schreier, S. (1994). Developmental facilitation groups for chil-

dren of divorce: The elementary school model. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of child and adolescent treatment manuals (pp. 307–342). New York: Lexington Books.

Kaminer, W. (1992). I’m dysfunctional, you’re dysfunctional. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Kammerer, N., Mason, T., Connors, M., & Durkee, R. (2001). Transgender health and social service needs in context of HIV risk. In W. Bockting and S. Kirk (Eds.), Transgender and HIV: Risks, Prevention, and Care (pp. 39–51). New York: Haworth Press.

Kandel, E. R., & Squire, L. R. (2001). Neuroscience: Breaking down scientifi c barriers to the study of brain and mind. In A. R. Damasio, A., Harrington, J. Kagan, B. McEwn, H. Moss, & R. Shaikh (Eds.), Annals of the New York Academy of Science: Vol, 935. Unity of knowledge: The convergence of natural and human sciences (pp. 118–135). New York: New York Academy of Science.

Kanter, R. M. (1977). Women in organizations: Sex roles, group dynamics, and change strategies. In A. Sergeant (Ed.), Beyond sex roles (pp. 46–79). St. Paul, MN: West.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68501691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 685 5/29/09 9:28:01 PM5/29/09 9:28:01 PM

686 R E F E R E N C E S

Kowalski, K. (1985, April). The impact of chronic grief. American Journal of Nursing, 398–399.

Kraft-Ebing, R. V. (1933). Psychopathia sexualis: Antipathic sexual instinct. Brooklyn, NY: Physicians and Surgeons Book Company.

Kramer, B. (1997). Gain in the caregiving experience: Where are we? What next? The Gerontologist, 37(2), 218–232.

Krause, N. (2003). Religious meaning and subjective well-being in late life. The Journals of Gerontology Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sci-ences, 58, S160–S170.

Krugman, R., Bays, J., Chadwick, D., Kanda, M., Levitt, L., & McHugh, M. (1994). Distinguishing SIDS from child abuse fatalities. Pediatrics, 94, 124–126.

Kubey, R., & Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2004). Television addiction is no mere metaphor. Scientific American Mind, 14, 48–55.

Kuhn, D., Kohlberg, L., Langer, J., & Haan, N. (1977). The development of formal operations in logical and moral judgment. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 95, 97–188.

Kukathas, C. (2002). The life of Brian: Or now for something completely difference-blind. In P. Kelly (Ed.), Multiculturalism reconsidered: Culture and equality and its critics (pp. 184–203). Cambridge: Polity Press.

Kupersmidt, J. B., & Dodge, K. A. (2004). Children’s peer relations: From develop-ment to intervention. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Kurdek, L. A. (1999). The nature and predictors of the trajectory of change in marital quality for husbands and wives over the first 10 years of marriage. Developmental Psychology, 35, 1283–1296.

Labouvie-Vief, G. (1985). Intelligence and cognition. In J. E. Birren & K. W. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook on the psychology of aging (2nd ed., pp. 34–65). New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

Labouvie-Vief, G. (1994). Psyche and Eros: Mind and gender in the life course. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Labouvie-Vief, G. (2003). Dynamic integration: Affect, cognition, and the self in adulthood. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 12, 201–206.

Ladd, G. W., Buhs, E. S., & Troop, W. (2002). Children’s interpersonal skills and relationships in school settings: Adaptive significance and impli-cations for school-based prevention and intervention programs. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 394–415). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Ladyman, Stephen. (2005). Improving postnatal care for every woman. British Journal of Midwifery, 13, 68–70.

Lagercrantz, H. (1986). The stress of being born. Scientific American, 254, 100–107.

Lahey, B. B., & Waldman, I. D. (2003). Propensity model of the origins of conduct problems during childhood and adolescence. In B. B. Lahey, T. E. Moffitt, & A. Caspi (Eds.), Causes of conduct disorder and juvenile delinquency (pp. 76–117). New York: Guilford.

Lalley, J. R., & Keith, H. (1997). Early head start: The first two years. Bulletin of Zero to Three: National Center for Infants, Toddlers, and Families, 18, 3–8.

Lamb, L. (1994, November/December). Selecting for perfection: Is prenatal screening becoming a kind of eugenics? Utne Reader, 26–28.

Lamb, M. E. (1981). The development of father-infant relationships. In M. E. Lamb (Ed.), The role of the father in child development (2nd ed., pp. 14–36). New York: Wiley.

Lamb, M. E. (1982). Nontraditional families: Parenting and child development. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Landes, A., Sperry, S., Strauss, M., & Geldmacher, M. (2001). Apathy in Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of American Geriatrics Society, 14, 1700–1707.

Landy, S., Osofsky, J. D., & Landy, S. (2002). Pathways to competence: Encouraging health, social and emotional development in young children. New York: Paul H. Brooks.

Lane, N., & Wallace, D. (2002). All about osteoarthritis: The definitive resource for arthritis patients and their families. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Laosa, L. (1981). Maternal behavior: Socio-cultural diversity in modes of family interaction. In R. W. Henderson (Ed.), Parent-child interaction: Theory, research, and prospects (pp. 250–272). New York: Academic Press.

Lapsley, D. (1996). Moral psychology. Boulder, CO: Westview.Lapsley, D. K. (1990). Continuity and discontinuity in adolescent social

cognitive development. In R. Montemayor, G. Adams, & T. Gullotta (Eds.), From Childhood to adolescence: A transitional period? (pp. 25–41). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Lapsley, D. K. (1991). Egocentrism theory and the “New Look” at the imag-inary audience and personal fable in adolescence. In R. M. Lerner, A. C. Petersen, & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.), Encyclopedia of adolescence (pp. 281–286). New York: Garland.

Lapsley, D. K. (1996). Moral psychology (Developmental psychology series). New York: Perseus.

Lapsley, D. K., & Narvaez, D. (Eds.) (2004). Moral development, self, and identity. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Kensinger, E. A. (2007). Negative emotion enhances memory accuracy: Behavioral and neuroimaging evidence. Current Directions in Psycho-logical Science, 16, 213–218.

Kesaradhammo, P. S. (2003). Buddhist social work: Concepts, principles, methods, and activities. Chaing Mai: Phraboromthat Doisuthep.

Kiefer, C. W. (1988). The mantle of maturity: A history of ideas about character development. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Kiesler, S. (1978). Interpersonal processes in groups and organizations. Arling-ton Heights, VA: AHM Publishing.

Kietzman, M. L., Spring, B., & Zubin, J. (1985). Perception, cognition, informa-tion processing. In H. I. Kaplan & B. J. Sadock (Eds.), Comprehensive text-book of psychiatry (Vol. 4, pp. 157–178). Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.

Kihlstrom, J. F., Beer, J. S., & Klein, S. B. (2003). Self and identity as memory. In M. R. Leary & J. P. Tangney (Eds.), The handbook of self and identity (pp. 68–90). New York: Guilford.

Kilpatrick, D. G., & Ruggiero, K. J. (2004). Rape in Iowa: One in eight. Unpublished manuscript.

Kim, J. S., & Streeter, C. L. (2006). Increasing school attendance: Effective strategies and interventions. In C. Franklin, M. B. Harris, & P. Allen-Mears (Eds.), The school services sourcebook: A guide for school-based professionals (pp. 397–404). New York: Oxford University Press.

Kim, J., & Moen, P. (2002). Retirement transitions, gender, and psychologi-cal well-being: A life course, ecological model. The Journals of Gerontol-ogy Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 57, P212–P222.

Kim, S. Y., Hong, G. S., & Rowe, B. R. (2000). The impact of family eco-nomic hardship and parental commitment on children’s outcomes. Consumer Interest Annual, 46. Retrieved June 21, 2004, from http://www.consumerinterests.org

Kinsey, A. C., Pomeroy, W. B., & Martin, C. E. (1948). Sexual behavior in the human male. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Kinsey, A. C., Pomeroy, W. B., Martin, C. E., & Gebhard, P. H. (1953). Sexual behavior in the human female. Philadelphia: Saunders.

Kivett, V. (1996). The saliency of the grandmother-granddaughter relationship: Predictors of association. Journal of Women and Aging, 8(3/4), 25–39.

Klaus, M., & Klaus, P. (1985). The amazing newborn. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Klaus, M., Kennel, J., & Klaus, P. (1993). Mothering the mother: How a doula can help you have a shorter, easier, and healthier birth. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Kleigman, R. (1992). Perpetual poverty: Child health and the underclass. Pediatrics, 89, 710–713.

Klinnert, M., Emde, R., Butterfield, P., & Campos, J. (1986). Social referenc-ing: The infant’s use of emotional signals from a friendly adult with mother present. Developmental Psychology, 22, 427–432.

Kluger, J. (2003, November 3). Medicating young minds. Time, 48–57.Knight, B. (2004). Psychotherapy with older adults (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks,

CA: Sage Publications.Knight, T., & Ricciardelli, L. (2003). Successful aging: Perception of adults

aged between 70 and 101 years. International Journal of Aging and Hu-man Development, 56(3), 223–245.

Knutson, L., & Olson, D. H. (2003). Effectiveness of PREPARE program with pre-marital couples in community settings. Marriage and Family, 6, 529–546.

Koegel, P. (1989). Mental illness among the inner-city homeless. Journal of the California Alliance for the Mentally Ill, 1, 16–17.

Kohlberg, L. (1969). Stage and sequence: The cognitive-developmental ap-proach to socialization. In D. A. Goslin (Ed.), Handbook of socialization theory and research (pp. 278–293). Chicago: Rand McNally.

Kohn, R., Goldsmith, E., Sedgwick, T., & Markowitz, S. (2004). In-home men-tal health services for the elderly. Clinical Gerontologist, 27(1/2), 71–85.

Konner, M. (1991). Childhood: A multicultural view. Boston: Little, Brown.Kornblum, W. (2002). Sociology: The central questions (2nd ed.). Belmont,

CA: Wadsworth.Kornblum, W. (2003). Sociology in a changing world (6th ed.). Belmont,

CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.Koss, M. P., Gidycz, C. A., & Wisniewski, N. (1987). The scope of rape:

Incidence and prevalence of sexual aggression and victimization in a national sample of higher education students. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 48, 460–468.

Kotch, J. B., Browne, D. C., Ringwalt, C. L., Stewart, P. W., Ruina, E., Holt, K., Lowman, B., et al. (1995). Risk of child abuse or neglect in a co-hort of low-income children. Child Abuse and Neglect, 19, 1115–1130.

Kotelchuck, M. (1976). The infant’s relationship to the father: Experimental evidence. In M. E. Lamb (Ed.), The role of the father in child development (pp. 329–344). New York: Wiley.

Kotlowitz, A. (2008). Blocking the transmission of violence. The New York Times Magazine, May 4, 52–102.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68601691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 686 5/29/09 9:28:02 PM5/29/09 9:28:02 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 687

Lerner, R. M. (2002). Concepts and theories of human development (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Lerner, R. M., & Benson, P. L. (2003). Developmental assets and asset build-ing communities: Implications for research, policy, and practice. New York: Kluwer Academic.

Lerner, R. M., Perkins, D. F., & Jacobson, L. P. (1993). Timing, process, and the diversity of developmental trajectories in human life: A develop-mental contextual perspective. In. G. Tukewitz & D. A. Devenny (Eds.), Developmental time and timing (pp. 36–53). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Leslie, G. R., Larson, R., & Gorman, B. L. (1973). Order and change: Intro-ductory sociology. New York: Oxford University Press.

Lester, B. M. (1992). Infants and their families at risk: Assessment and in-tervention. Infant Mental Health Journal, 13(1), 54–66.

Lev, A. I. (2004a). The complete lesbian & gay parenting guide. New York: The Berkley Publishing Group.

Lev, A. I. (2004b). Transgender emergence: Therapeutic guidelines for working with gender-variant people and their families. Binghamton, NY: Haworth Press.

Levanthal, T., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (2000). The neighborhoods the live in: The effects of neighborhood residence on child and adolescent out-comes. Psychology Bullentin, 126, 431–443.

Levav, J. (1998). Individuals under conditions of maximum adversity. The holocaust. In B. P. Dohrenwend (Ed.), Adversity, stress, and psychopathol-ogy (pp. 13–33). New York: Oxford University Press.

Leventhal, T., Selner-O’Hagan, M. B., & Brooks-Gunn, J., Bingenheimer, J. B., & Earls, F. J. (2004). The homelife interview from the project on hu-man development in chicago neighborhoods: Assessment of parenting and home environment for 3- to 15-year-olds. Parenting, 4, 211–241.

Levine, M., & Perkins, D. V. (1997). Principles of community psychology (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press.

Levine, S. (1999, September 2). The Washington Post.Levinson, D. J. (1978). The seasons of a man’s life. New York: Knopf.Levinson, D. J. (1986). A conception of adult development. American

Psychologist, 41, 3–13.Levitt, M. (1986). Social network relationships as sources of maternal sup-

port and well-being. Developmental Psychology, 22, 310–316.Levitt, S. D., & Dubner, S. J. (2006). Freakonomics. New York: William Morrow.Lewis, D. W. (2002, February). Headaches in children and adolescents.

American Family Physician, 625–632.Lewis, H. B. (1971). Shame and guilt in neurosis. New York: Plenum Press.Lewis, K. G. (2000). With or without a man: Single women taking control of

their lives. New York: Bull Publishing.Lewis, M. (1987). Social development in infancy and early childhood. In

J. Osofsky (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (2nd ed., pp. 419–493). New York: Wiley.

Lewis, M. (1990). Social knowledge and social development. Merril Palmer Quarterly, 36, 93–116.

Lewis, M., & Brooks-Gunn, J. (1979). Social cognition and the acquisition of self. New York: Plenum.

Libassi, M. F. (1990). Psychopharmacology in social work education [Contract No. 89MF700390ID]. Washington, DC: National Institute of Mental Health.

Lichtenberger, E. O., Broadbooks, D. Y., & Kaufman, A. S. (2000). Essentials of cognitive assessment with KAIT and other Kaufman measures. New York: John Wiley.

Lickey, M. E., & Gordon, B. (1983). Drugs for mental illness: A revolution in psychiatry. New York: W. H. Freeman.

Lickona, T. (1983). Raising good children. New York: Bantam Books.Lickona, T. (2004). Character matters: How to help our children develop

good judgment, integrity, and other essential virtues. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Lieberman, A. (1985). Infant mental health: A model for service delivery. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 14, 196–201.

Lieberman, A. F. (1977). Preschoolers’ competence with a peer: Rela-tions with attachment and peer experience. Child Development, 48, 1277–1287.

Lieberman, A. F. (1993). The emotional life of the toddler. New York: Free Press.Lindemann, E. (1944). Symptomatology and management of acute grief.

American Journal of Psychiatry, 101, 141–148.Lindgren, H. C. (1969). An introduction to social psychology. New York: Wiley.Lippa, R. A. (1994). Introduction to social psychology. Pacific Grove, CA:

Brooks/Cole.Lipsitz, J. (1980). Sexual development in young adolescents. Invited speech

given at the meeting of the American association for moral education, Pittsburgh, PA.

Little, R., & Ervin, C. (1984). Alcohol problems in women. New York: Guilford Press.

Littrell, J. (1991). Understanding and treating alcoholism. Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Lapsley, D. K., & Power, F. C. (Eds.) (1988). Self, ego, and identity. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Lapsley, D. K., & Rice, K. G. (1988). The “new look” at the imaginary audi-ence and personal fable: Toward an integrative model of adolescent ego development. In D. K. Lapsley & F. C. Power (Eds.), Self, ego, and identity: Integrative approaches. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Larson, J. H. (1988). The marriage quiz: College students’ beliefs in se-lected myths about marriage. Family Relations, 37, 3–11.

Larson, J. H. (2002). The great marriage tune-up book: A proven program for evaluating and renewing your relationship. New York: Jossey-Bass.

Larson, N. I., et al. (2007). Trends in adolescent fruit and vegetable con-sumption, 1999–2004: Project EAT. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 32(2), 27–36.

Laub, J. H., & Sampson, R. J. (1993). Turning points in the life course: Why change matters to the study of crime. Criminology, 31, 301–325.

Lawton, M. P. (1975). Competence, environmental press, and the adaptation of older people. In P. G. Windley & G. Ernst (Eds.), Theory development in environment and aging. Washington, DC: Gerontological Society of America.

Lazarus, R. S. (1991). Emotion and adaptation. New York: Oxford University Press.Leaper, C., Anderson, K. J., & Sanders, P. (1998). Moderators of gender

effects on parents’ talk to their children: A meta-analysis. Developmen-tal Psychology, 34, 3–27.

Leary, M. R., & Tangney, J. P. (2003). The self as an organizing construct in the behavioral and social sciences. In M. R. Leary & J. P. Tangney (Eds.), The handbook of self and identity (pp. 3–14). New York: Guilford.

LeBlanc, A. C. (2003). Random family: Love, drugs, trouble, and coming of age in the Bronx. New York: Scribner.

Leboyer, F. (1975). Birth without violence. New York: Alfred A. Knopf.LeCroy, C. W. (2001). Promoting social competence in youth. In H. E. Briggs

& K. Corcoran (Eds.), Social work practice: Treating common problems (pp. 132–145). Chicago: Lyceum Books.

LeCroy, C. W. (2004). Experimental evaluation of the ‘Go Grrrls’ preventive intervention for early adolescent girls. Journal of Primary Prevention, 25, 457–473.

LeCroy, C. W. (2008). Social skills training manual. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of evidence-based treatment manuals (pp. 99–138). New York: Oxford University Press.

LeCroy, C. W., & Daley, J. (2001). Empowering adolescent girls: Examining the present and building skills for the future with the Go Grrrls program. New York: W. W. Norton.

LeCroy, C. W., Ashford, J. B., Krysik, J., & Milligan, K. B. (1996). Healthy families Arizona: Evaluation report. Unpublished manuscript.

Lederman, R. P. (1996). Psychosocial adaptation in pregnancy (2nd ed.). New York: Springer.

Lee, C., & Bakk, L. (2001). Later-life transitions into widowhood. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 35(3), 51–63.

Lee, G. R., Seccombe, K., & Shehan, C. L. (1991). Marital status and per-sonal happiness: An analysis of trend data. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 139, 839–844.

Lee, G., DeMaris, A., Bavin, S., & Sullivan, R. (2001). Gender differences in the depressive effect of widowhood in later life. Journal of Gerontology B: Psychology and Social Sciences, 56, S56–S61.

Lee, J., & Bean, F. D. (2004). America’s changing color lines: Immigration, race/ethnicity, and multiracial identifi cation. Annual Review of Sociol-ogy, 30, 221–242.

Lee, S., & Graves, G. (2000). Your three-and four-year old: As they grow. New York: Golden Books.

Leedy, M. G., LaLonde, D., & Runk, K. (2003). Gender equity in mathemat-ics: Beliefs of students, parents, and teachers. School Science and Math-ematics, 103(6), 285.

Lembau, J. R. (1988). Emotional sequelae of abortion: Implications for clinical practice. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 12, 461–472.

Lemeshow, S. (1982). The handbook of clinical types in mental retardation. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Lemme, B. H. (1995). Development in adulthood. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Lemme, B. H. (2001). Development in adulthood. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.

Leon, I. (1986). Psychodynamics of perinatal loss. Psychiatry, 49, 312–322.Leonard, L. G. (1998). Depression and anxiety disorders during multiple

pregnancy and parenthood. Journal of Obstetric, Gynecologic and Neona-tal Nursing, 27, 329–337.

LeProhn, N. S., Wetherbee, K., Lamont, E., Achenbach, T., & Pecora, P. (2001). Assessing youth behavior: Using the child behavior checklist in family and chil-dren’s research. Washington, DC: Child Welfare League of America.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68701691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 687 5/29/09 9:28:02 PM5/29/09 9:28:02 PM

688 R E F E R E N C E S

Maccoby, E. E., & Jacklin, C. N. (1974). The psychology of sex differences. Palo Alto, CA: Stanford University Press.

Maccoby, E. E., & Martin, J. A. (1983). Socialization in the context of the family: Parent-child interaction. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology (4th ed., Vol. 4, pp. 26–47). New York: Wiley.

Mace, N. C., & Rabins, P. V. (1981). The 36-hour day. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.

MacIver, D. J., Reuman, D. A., & Main, S. R. (1995). Social structuring of the school: Studying what is, illuminating what could be. Annual Review of Psychology, 46, 375–400.

MacReady, N. (2002). New test enhances accuracy of autism screening (Most accurate at 24 months) (The modified checklist for autism in toddlers). Family Practice News, 32, 50–51.

Madden, D. (2001). Speed and timing of behavioral processes. In J. Birren & K. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the Psychology of Aging (5th ed., pp. 288–312). New York: Academic Press.

Madon, S., Jussim, L., Eccles, J. (1997). In search of the powerful self-fulfilling prophecy. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 72, 791–809.

Madsen, M. C., & Shapira, A. (1970). Cooperative and competitive behav-ior of urban Afro-American, Anglo-American, Mexican-American, and Mexican village children. Developmental Psychology, 3, 16–20.

Magai, C. (2001). Emotions over the life span. In J. Birren & K. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the Psychology of Aging (5th ed., pp. 399–426). New York: Academic Press.

Magnusson, D., & Cairns, R. B. (1996). Developmental science: Toward a uni-fi ed framework. In R. B. Cairns, G. H. Elder, Jr., & Costello, (Eds.), Devel-opmental sciences (pp. 7–30). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Magnusson, D., & Torestad, B. (1992). The individual as an interactive agent in the environment. In W. B. Walsh, R. H. Price, & K. H. Craik (Eds.), Person-environment psychology: Models and perspectives (pp. 89–127). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Mahoney, M. J. (1991). Human change processes: The scientific foundations of psychotherapy. New York: Basic Books.

Mahoney, M. J. (2000). A changing history of efforts to understand and con-trol change: The case of psychotherapy. In C. R. Snyder & R. E. Ingram (Eds.), Handbook of psychological change: Psychotherapy processes & practice for the 21st century (pp. 2–12). New York: Wiley & Sons.

Main, M., & Solomon, J. (1986). Discovery of an insecure, disorganized/dis-oriented attachment pattern: Procedures, findings, and implications for the classification of behavior. In M. Yogman & T. B. Brazelton (Eds.), Affective development in infancy (pp. 95–124). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Main, M., & Solomon, J. (1990). Procedures for identifying infants as dis-organized/disoriented during the Ainsworth Strange Situation. In M. T. Greenberg, D. Cicchetti, & E. M. Cummings (Eds.), Attachment in the preschool years (pp. 121–160). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Maluccio, A. N. (2002). Failed child policy-an essay review. Family Preserva-tion Journal, 6(2), 32–45.

Maluccio, A. N., Tracy, E. M., & Pine, B. A. (2002). Social work practice with families and children. New York: Columbia University Press.

Mandler, G. (1984). Mind and body: Psychology of emotion and stress. New York: W.W. Norton & Co.

Manning, W. D., Longmore, M. A., & Giordano, P. C. (2006). Hooking-up: The relationship contexts of ‘Non-Relationship’ sex. Journal of Adoles-cent Research, 21, 459–483.

Marc Marschark, M. (2007). Raising and educating a deaf child: A comprehen-sive guide to the choices, controversies, and decisions faced by parents and educators. New York: Oxford University Press.

Marcia, J. (1966). Development and validation of ego-identity status. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 551–558.

Marcia, J. (1987). The identity status approach to the study of ego identity development. In T. Honess & K. Yardley (Eds.), Self and identity: Perspec-tives across the lifespan (pp. 147–164). London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Marcotte, D., Fortin, L., Potvin, P., & Papillon, M. (2002). Gender differ-ences in depression symptoms during adolescence: Role of gender-typed characteristics, self-esteem, body image, stressful life events, and pubertal status. Journal of Emotional and Behavioral Disorders, 10, 29–42.

Markezich, A. (1996). Learning windows and the child’s brain. Retrieved from http://superkids.com/aweb/pages/features/early1/early1.shtml

Markowitz, L. M. (1991, November/December). After the trauma. Family Therapy Networker, 30–37.

Marksteiner, J., & Schmidt, R. (2004). Treatment strategies in Alzheimer’s disease with a focus on early pharmacological interventions. Drugs and Aging, 21(7), 415–426.

Markus, H. R., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review 98, 224–253.

Littrell, J., & Ashford, J. B. (1994). Duty of social workers to refer for medications: A study of fi eld supervisors. Social Work Research, 18, 123–128.

Loeber, R., and Farrington, D. P. (2001). Child delinquents: Development, intervention, and service needs. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Loftus, J. (2001). America’s liberalization in attitudes toward homosexual-ity, 1973 to 1998. American Sociological Review, 66, 762–782.

Long, N., & Forehand, R. L. (2002). Making divorce easier on your child: 50 effective ways to help children adjust. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Longres, J. F. (1995). Human behavior in the social environment. Itasca, IL: Peacock.

Longres, J. F. (2000). Human behavior in the social environment. Belmont, CA: Thomson Brooks/Cole.

Lopata, H. Z., & Barnewolt, D. (1984). The middle years: Changes and variations in social-role commitments. In G. Baruch & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.), Women in midlife (pp. 102–127). New York: Plenum.

López, M. G., & Tashakkori, A. (2004). Effects of a two-way bilingual pro-gram on the literacy development of students in kindergarten and fi rst grade. Bilingual Research Journal, 28, 31–44.

Lopez, R. I., Kelly, K., & Lopez, R. I. (2003). The teen health book: A parent’s guide to adolescent health and well-being. New York: W. W. Norton.

Los Angeles Times. (1996). Series. The brain: A work in progress. Retrieved from http://www.csaf.org/brain

Love, J. M., Schochet, P. Z., & Meckstrom, A. (1996). Are they in any real danger? What research does—and doesn’t—tell us about child care quality and children’s well being. Princeton, NJ: Mathematical Policy Research.

Lowery, E. H. (1993). Freedom and Community: The Ethics of Interdependence. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Luborsky, M., & Rubinstein, R. L. (1987). Ethnicity and lifetimes: Self-concepts and situational contexts of ethnic identity in late life. In D. E. Gelfand & C. M. Barresi (Eds.), Ethnic dimensions of aging (pp. 45–71). New York: Springer.

Ludington-Hoe, S., & Golant, S. (1993). Kangaroo care: The best you can do to help your preterm infant. New York: Bantam Books.

Ludwig, A. M. (1986). Principles of clinical psychiatry (2nd ed.). New York: Free Press.

Luey, H. S., Glass, L., & Elliott, H. (1995). Hard-of-hearing or deaf: Issues of ears, language, culture, and identity. Social Work, 40(2), 177–182.

Lukes, S. (1991). Moral conflict and politics. Oxford, UK: Clarendon Press.Lumsden, C. J., & Wilson, E. O. (1981). Genes, mind, and culture: The coevo-

lutionary process. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Luria, A. (1961). The role of speech in the regulation of normal and abnormal

behaviors. New York: Liveright.Lynch, M., Roberts, J., & Gordon, M. (1976). Child abuse: Early warning

in the maternity hospital. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 18, 759–766.

Lynd, R., & Lynd, H. (1937). Middletown in transition: A study in cultural confi ct. New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich.

Lynd, R., & Lynd, H. (1937). Middletown: A study in American culture. New York: Harcourt, Brace, Jovanovich.

Lyon, D., & Greenberg, J. (1991). Evidence of codependency in women with an alcoholic parent: Helping out Mr. Wrong. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 61, 435–439.

Lyons, P., Wodarski, J. S., & Feit, M. D. (1998). Human behavior theory: Emerging trends and issues. Journal of Human Behavior in the Social Environment, 1, 1–21.

Lyons-Ruth, K., & Zeanah, C. (1993). The family context of infant mental health: I. Affective development in the primary caregiving relation-ship. In C. Zeanah (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 14–37). New York: Guilford Press.

Lyons-Ruth, K., Connell, D. B., Grunebaum, H. U., & Botein, S. (1990). Infants at social risk: Maternal depression and family support services as mediators of infant development and security of attachment. Child Development, 9, 225–235.

Lyotard, J. F. (1984). The postmodern condition: A report on knowledge (G. Bennington and B. Massumi, Trans.). Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.

Maalouf, A. (2000). In the name of identity. New York: Penguin Books.Maas, H. (1989). Social responsibility in middle age: Prospects and pre-

conditions. In S. Hunter & M. Sundel (Eds.), Midlife myths: Issues, findings, and practice implications (pp. 267–289). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Maccoby, E. E. (1980). Social development: Psychological growth and the parent-child relationship. San Diego: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Maccoby, E. E. (1998). The two sexes: Growing up apart, coming together. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68801691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 688 5/29/09 9:28:02 PM5/29/09 9:28:02 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 689

McCoy, C. R. (1999, June 29). Mom pleads guilty to killing 8 kids: 70-year-old gets house arrest, probation. The Arizona Republic, A1.

McEntee, M. K. (1995). Deaf and hard-of-hearing clients: Some legal impli-cations. Social Work, 40(2), 183–187.

McEwen, B. S., & Wingfield, J. C. (2003). The concept of allostasis in biol-ogy and biomedicine. Hormones and Behavior, 43, 2–15.

McFarland, P., & Sanders, S. (2003). A pilot study about the needs of older gays and lesbians: What social workers need to know. Journal of Geron-tological Social Work, 40(3), 67–80.

McFarlane, J., Parker, B., Soeken, K., & Bullock, L. (1992). Assessing for abuse during pregnancy: Severity and frequency of injuries and associ-ated entry into prenatal care. Journal of the American Medical Association, 267, 3176–3178.

McGrath, J. E. (1984). Groups: Interaction and performance. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

McGregor, D. (1960). The human side of enterprise. New York: McGraw-Hill.McInnis-Dittrich, K. (2005). Social work with elders: A biopsychosocial

approach to assessment and intervention (2nd ed.). Boston, MA: Pearson.McIntosh, H. (1998, November). Autism is likely to be linked to several

genes. APA Monitor, 13.McIntosh, P. (1995). White privilege and male privilege: A personal account

of coming to see correspondences through work in women’s studies. In M. L. Andersen & P. H. Collins (Eds.), Race, class, and gender: An anthol-ogy (pp. 34–51). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

McLemore, S. D. (1991). Racial and ethnic relations in America. Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

McLeod, M. W., & Dieu, N. T. (2003). Culture and customs of Vietnam. Westport, CT: Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.

McLoyd, V. C. (1998). Socioeconomic disadvantage and child develop-ment. American Psychologist, 53, 185–204.

McQuaide, S. (1998). Women at midlife. Social Work, 43, 21–31.McRoy, R. G., & Freeman, E. (1986). Racial-identity issues among mixed-

race children. Social Work in Education, 8, 164–174.McWhirter, J. J., McWhirter, B. T., McWhirter, A. M., & McWhirter, E. H. (1998).

At-risk youth: A comprehensive response. Pacific Grove, CA: Wadsworth.Mead, G. H. (1934). Mind, self and society: From the standpoint of a social

behaviorist. Chicago: University Press.Meadows, P. (2003). Retirement ages in the UK: A review of the literature.

Employment Relations Research Series, 18, 50–76.Mehrabian, A. (1969). Significance of posture and position in the com-

munication of attitude and status relationships. Psychological Bulletin, 71, 359–372.

Mehrabian, A. (1972). Nonverbal communication. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton.Melton, G. B., Petrila, J., Poythress, N. G., & Slobogin, C. (1987). Psychologi-

cal evaluations for the courts. New York: Guilford Press.Meltzoff, A. N. (2004). The case for developmental cognitive science: Theo-

ries of people and things. In G. Bremner & A. Slater (Eds.), Theories of infant development (pp. 145–173). Carlton, Victoria, Australia: Black-well Publishing.

Meltzoff, A., & Borton, R. (1979). Intermodal matching by human neonates. Nature, 282, 403–404.

Meltzoff, A., & Moore, M. (1977). Imitation of facial and manual gestures by human neonates. Science, 198, 75–78.

Meltzoff, A., & Moore, M. (1983). Newborn infants imitate adult facial gestures. Child Development, 54, 702–709.

Mercer, J. (1998). Infant Development: A multidisciplinary introduction. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Meuser, T., & Marwit, S. (2001). A comprehensive stage-sensitive model of grief in dementia caregiving. The Gerontologist, 41, 658–670.

Meyers, J. S. (1972). An orientation to chronic disease and disability. New York: Macmillan.

Meyers, M. K. (1990). The ABCs of child care in a mixed economy: A com-parison of public and private sector alternatives. Social Service Review, 64(4), 429–438.

Meyers, R. (1978, November). A couple that could. Psychology Today, 99–108.Michener, H., DeLamater, J. D., & Myers, D. J. (2004). Social Psychology.

Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.Mildred, S., & Hooper, C. R. (1993, July/August). The ancient Apache

ceremony of changing woman. Southwest Passages, 64, 5–7.Miller, A. (2002). Frequently requested information: Full-day kindergarten.

Champaign, IL: ERIC Clearinghouse on Elementary and Early Child-hood Education. Available at http://ceep.crc.uiuc.edu/poptopics/fullday.html

Miller, G. A. (1956). The magical number, seven, plus or minus two: Some limits on our capacity for processing information. Psychological Review, 63, 81–97.

Marlowe, M. (1985). Low lead exposure and learning disabilities. Research Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry and Behavior, 10, 153–169.

Marschark, M., Lang, H. G., & Albertini, J. A. (2002). Educating deaf stu-dents: From research to practice. New York: Oxford University Press.

Marson, S. (2002). If not now when: Reclaiming ourselves at midlife. New York: Grand Central Publishing.

Marti, E. (2003). Strengths and weaknesses of cognition over preschool years. In J. Valsiner & K. Connolly (Eds.), Handbook of Developmental Psychology (pp. 257–275). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Martin, S. (1995 October). Interventions that work for stepfamilies. APA Monitor, 34–36.

Martin, S. (1995 October). Practitioners may misunderstand black families. APA Monitor, 36.

Martinez, F. (1996, May). Can SIDS be prevented? Presented at the Pediatric Specialty Conference, University Medical Center, Tucson, AZ.

Martinez, R. O., & Dukes, R. L. (1997). The effects of ethnic identify, ethnicity, and gender on adolescent well-being. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 26, 503–516.

Maslow, A. H. (1962). Toward a psychology of being. Princeton, NJ: Van Nostrand.

Mason, C., & Elwood, R. (1995). Is there a psychological basis for the cou-vade and onset of paternal care? International Journal of Nursing Studies, 32, 137–148.

Mason, J. (1991). Reducing infant mortality in the United States through healthy start. Public Health Reports, 106, 479–483.

Masten, A. S. (2001). Ordinary magic: Resilience processes in development. American Psychologist, 56(3), 227–238.

Masten, A. S., & Coatsworth, J. (1998). The development of competence in favorable and unfavorable environments: Lessons from research on successful children. American Psychologist, 53, 205–220.

Matas, L., Arend, R. A., & Stroufe, L. A. (1978). Continuity of adaptation in the second year: The relationship between quality of attachment and later competence. Child Development, 49, 547–556.

Matejcek, A., Dytrych, Z., & Schuller, V. (1979). The Prague study of chil-dren born from unwanted pregnancies. International Journal of Mental Health, 7, 63–74.

Matsakis, A. (2003). The rape recovery handbook. San Francisco: New Harbinger.Matsumoto, D. (2000). Culture and psychology: People around the world.

Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thomson.Matthews, K. A. (1992). Myths and realities of the menopause. Psychoso-

matic Medicine, 54, 1–9.Mattson, S. N., & Riley, E. P. (1998). A review of the neurobehavioral

deficits in children with fetal alcohol syndrome or prenatal exposure to alcohol. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 22, 279–294.

Maxmen, J., & Ward, N. (1995). Essential psychopathology and its treatment. New York: Norton.

Maxwell, M. (Ed.). (1991). The sociobiological imagination. Albany: State University of New York Press.

May, K., & Perrin, S. (1985). Prelude: Pregnancy and birth. In S. M. Hanson & F. W. Boxelt (Eds.), Dimensions of fatherhood (pp. 64–91). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Mayes, L. C., & Cohen, D. J. (2003). The Yale child study guide to understand-ing your child’s health and development from birth to adolescence. New York: Little, Brown.

Maziade, M. (1987). Influence of gentle birth delivery procedures and other perinatal circumstances on infant temperament: Developmental and social implications. Annual Progress in Child Psychiatry and Child Development, 291–295.

Maziade, M., Caron, C., Cote, R., Merette, C., Bernier, H., Laplante, B., et al. (1990). Psychiatric status of adolescents who had extreme tempera-ments at age 7. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 1531–1536.

McAdams, D. P. (1997). The case for unity in the (post) modern self: A modest proposal. In R. D. Ashmore & L. Jussin (Eds.), Self and identity: Fundamental issues (pp. 46–78). New York: Oxford University Press.

McAdams, D. P., Josselson, R., & Lieblich, A. (Eds.) (2001). Turns in the road: Narrative studies of lives in transition. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

McAuley, E., & Blissmer, B. (2000). Self-effi cacy determinants and consequences of physical activity. Exercise and Sport Science Reviews, 28(2), 85–88.

McClelland, J., Rumelhard, D., & Hinton, G. (1986). The appeal of paral-lel distributed processing. In D. Rumelhard & J. McClelland (Eds.), Parallel distributed processing: Explorations in the microstructure of cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 180–203). Cambridge: MIT Press.

McCord, J. (1990). Problem behaviors. In S. Feldman & G. R. Elliott (Eds.), At the threshold: The developing adolescent (pp. 312–324). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 68901691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 689 5/29/09 9:28:02 PM5/29/09 9:28:02 PM

690 R E F E R E N C E S

Murray, B. (1999). Via the telephone, group support reaches cancer patients who might otherwise go without it. APA Monitor. Retrieved April 25, 2005, from http://www.apa.org/monitor/jun99/telephone.html

Murray, L., Cowley, A. F., Hooper, R., & Cooper, P. (1996). The impact of postnatal depression and associated adversity on early mother-infant interactions and later infant outcome. Child Development, 67, 2512–2526.

Murray, S. S., McKinney, E. S., & Gorrie, T. M. (2002). Foundations of maternal-newborn nursing (3rd ed.). Philadelphia: Saunders.

Musick, M., Traphagen, K., Koenig, H., & Larson, D. (2000). Spirituality in physical health and aging. Journal of Adult Development, 7, 73–86.

Mutryn, C. (1993). Psychosocial impact of cesarean section on the family: A literature review. Social Science and Medicine, 37, 1271–1282.

Myers, B. (1982). Early intervention using Brazelton training with middle-class mothers and fathers of newborns. Child Development, 53, 462–471.

Myers, D. (2001). Social Psychology (7th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill.Myss, C. (1996). Anatomy of the spirit: The seven stages of power and healing.

New York: Random House.Nadeau, J., & Barlow, J. (2003). Sixty million Frenchmen can’t be wrong.

Naperville, IL: Sourcebooks.Naditz, A. (2003, July). Deeply affected: As the nation ages, Alzheimer’s

will strike more people close to us. Contemporary Long Term Care, 20–22.

Najem, G. R., Aslam, S., Davidow, A. L., & Elliot, N. (2004). Youth homi-cide racial disparities: Gender, years, and cause. Journal of the National Medical Association, 96, 558–566.

Nansel, T. R., Overpeck, M., Pilla, R. S., Ruan, W. J., Simons-Morton, B., & Scheidt, P. (2001). Bullying behaviors among U.S. youth: Prevalence associated with psychosocial adjustment. Journal of the American Medi-cal Association, 285, 2094–2100.

Nash, J. (1997, February 3). Fertile minds. Time, 149, 48–56.Nash, M. (1989). The cauldron of ethnicity in the modern world. Chicago: Uni-

versity of Chicago Press.National Academy on an Aging Society. (2000a). Arthritis: A leading cause of

disability in the United States (Profile No. 5). Washington, DC: Author.National Academy on an Aging Society. (2000b). Hypertension: A common

condition for older Americans (Profile No. 12). Washington, DC: Author.National Assessment of Adult Literacy (2008). National center for education

statistics. U.S. Department of Education.National Association for the Education of Young Children. (2002). NAEYC

position statement on school readiness. Available at http://naeyc.org/resources/position-statements/psredy98.htm

National Association of School Psychologists. (2002). Children and fear of war and terrorism: Tips for parents and teachers. Retrieved March 1, 2003, from http://www.nasponline.org

National Association of Social Workers (1996). Code of Ethics, Section 1.05, 9.National Association on HIV over Fifty. Educational tip sheet: HIV/AIDS and

older adults. Retrieved June 15, 2004, from http://www.hivoverfifty.org/tip.html

National Center for Early Development & Learning. (1997). Quality in child care centers: Early childhood research & policy briefs. Retrieved December 23, 1997, from www.fpg.unc.edu/ncedl/mcedl.html

National Center for Education Statistics. (2001). Retrieved August 23, 2007, from http://nces.ed.gov/

National Center for Education Statistics. (2007). Digest of educational statisitics: 2007. Retrieved January 2, 2009, from http://nces.ed.gov/programs/digest/d07/

National Center for Health Statistics. (1998, August 27). Update on risk factors for infant mortality. [On-line]. Supplement, Infant Mortality Statistics from the 1996 Period Linked Birth/Infant Death Data Set, 46(12).

National Center for Health Statistics. (2003). Healthy people 2000 review. Hyattsville, MD: Public Health Service.

National Center for Infant Mental Health. (2004). Retrieved October 13, 2004, from www.zerotothree.org

National Center on Elder Abuse. (2004). The basics. Retrieved August 3, 2004, from http://www.elderabusecenter.org/default.cfm?p=basics.cfm

National Clearinghouse on Child Abuse and Neglect Information. (2004). A coordinated response to child abuse and neglect: The foundation for prac-tice. Retrieved September 9, 2004, from http://nccanch.acf.hhs.gov/pubs/usermanuals/foundation/index.cfm#toc

National Coalition against Domestic Violence. (2003). Poll finds domestic violence is women’s main concern. Retrieved September 9, 2004, from http://www.ncadv.org/

National Council of La Raza. (February, 2004). State of Hispanic America 2004: Latino perspectives on the American agenda. Washington, DC: Author.

Miller, R. L. (1992). The Human ecology of multiracial identity. In M. P. P. Root (Ed.), Racially mixed people in America (pp. 24–36). Newbury Park, CA: SAGE.

Minkler, M., & Roe, K. (1993). Grandmothers as caregivers: Raising children of the crack cocaine epidemic. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Minuchin, P. P., and Shapiro, E. K. (1983). The school as a context for so-cial development. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Handbook of child psychology: Vol. 4, Socialization, personality, and social development. New York: Wiley.

Mischel, W. (2004). Toward an integrative model for CBT: Encompassing behavior, cognition, affect, and process. Behavior Therapy, 35, 185–203.

Mischel, W., & Morf, C. C. (2003). The self as a psychosocial dynamic pro-cessing system: A meta-perspective on a century of self in psychology. In M. R. Leary & J. P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self and identity (pp. 15–43). New York: Guilford Press.

Mitchell, J. (1993). Pregnant, substance-using women. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration.

Mitiguy, J. S. (1990, Fall). Coping with survival. Headlines: The Brain Injury Magazine, 2–8.

Moen, P. (Ed.). (2003). It’s about time: Couples and careers. Ithaca, NY: ILR Press.Moffitt, T. E. (1996). Adolescence limited and life course persistent antiso-

cial behavior: A developmental taxonomy. Psychological Review, 100, 674–701.

Moffitt, T. E. (2003). Life-course persistent and adolescence-limited antiso-cial behavior: A 10-year research review and a research agenda. In B. B. Lahey, T. E. Moffitt, & A. Caspi (Eds.), Causes of conduct disorder and juvenile delinquency (pp. 49–75). New York: Guilford Press.

Moffitt, T. E., Caspi, A., Dickson, N., Silva, P., & Stanton, W. (1996). Childhood-onset versus adolescent-onset antisocial conduct prob-lems in males: Natural history from ages 3 to 18 years. Developmental Psychopathology, 8, 399–424.

Mohler-Kuo, M., Dowdall, G. W., Koss, M. P., & Wechsler, H. (2004). Corre-lates of rape while intoxicated in a National sample of college women. Journal of Studies of Alcohol, 65, 37–45.

Molidor, C., Tolman, R., & Kober, J. (2000). Gender and contextual factors in adolescent dating violence. The Prevention Researcher, 7, 1–4.

Monat, A., & Lazarus, R. S. (1977). Stress and coping: An anthology. New York: Columbia University Press.

Montemayer, R. (1983). Parents and adolescents in conflict: All families some of the time and some families most of the time. Journal of Early Adolescence, 3, 83–103.

Moore, J., & Hagedorn, J. (2001). Female gangs: A focus on research. Washing-ton, DC: Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Programs.

Moore, K. L. (1989). Before we are born. Ontario, Canada: W.B. Saunders Company.

Morell, C. M. (2003). Empowerment and long-living women: Return to the rejected body. Journal of Aging Studies, 17, 69–85.

Morrison, J. W., & Bordere, T. (2001). Supporting biracial children’s identity development. Childhood Education, 134–137.

Moskowitz, G. B. (2005). Social cognition: Understanding self and others. New York: Guilford Press.

Mrazek, P. (1993). Maltreatment and infant development. In C. Zeaneh (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 73–86). New York: Guil-ford Press.

MTA Cooperative Group. (1999). A 14-month randomized clinical trial of treatment strategies for attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56, 1073–1086.

Muehlenkamp, J. J., & Gutierrez P. M. (2004). An investigation of dif-ferences between self-injurious behavior and suicide attempts in a sample of adolescents. Suicide Life Threat Behaviour, 34, 12–23.

Mueller, E., & Lucas, F. (1975). A developmental analysis of peer interac-tion among toddlers. In M. Lewis & L. Rosenglum (Eds.), Friendship and peer relations (pp. 224–238). New York: Wiley-Interscience.

Mueller, E., & Vandell, D. (1979). Infant-infant interaction. In J. D. Osofsy (Ed.), Handbook of infant development (pp. 47–57). New York: Wiley.

Mueller, M., Wilhelm, B., & Elder, G. (2002). Variations in grandparenting. Research on Aging, 24(3), 360–388.

Mulcahy, N. (2004). Chlamydia is common in male teens: Similar to preva-lence in females. (Infectious Diseases). Pediatric News, 38, 12.

Munley, A. (1983). The hospice alternative. New York: Basic Books.Munoz, K. A., Krebs-Smith, S. M., Ballard-Barbash, R., & Cleveland, L. E.

(1998). Food intakes of U.S. children and adolescents compared with recommendations. Pediatrics, 191, 952–953.

Muris, P., Meesters, C., and Fijen, P. (2003). The Self-perception profi le for children: Further evidence for its factor structure, reliability, and valid-ity. Personality and Individual Differences, 35, 1791–1802.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69001691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 690 5/29/09 9:28:02 PM5/29/09 9:28:02 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 691

(Eds.). Social cognition and schizophrenia. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Newman, L., & Buka, S. (1991, Spring). Clipped wings: The fullest look yet at how prenatal exposure to drugs, alcohol, and nicotine hobbles chil-dren’s learning. American Educator, 27–42.

Nickerson, E. T., & Pitochelli, E. T. (1978). Learned helplessness and depres-sion in married women: Marriage as a depressing life style for women. Paper presented at the meeting of the Eastern Psychological Associa-tion, Washington, DC.

Nicol, S. E., & Gottesman, I. I. (1983). Clues to the genetics and neurobiol-ogy of schizophrenia. American Scientist, 71, 398–404.

Nielsen Media Research. (1998). 1998 report on television. New York: Author.

Nieto, A., Matorras, R., Villar, J., & Serra, M. (1998). Neonatal morbidity associated with disproportionate intrauterine growth retardation at term. Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 18, 540–544.

NIH News. (2004). List serve of National Institutes of Health, July.Nisbet, R. E. (2003). The geography of thought: How Asians and Westerners

think differently… and why. New York: The Free Press.Nishimura, N. (2004). Counseling biracial women: An intersection of mul-

ticulturalism and feminism. Women & Therapy, 27, 133–145.Niven, C., Wiszniewski, C., & AlRoomi, L. (1993). Attachment (bonding) in

mothers of preterm babies. Journal of Reproductive and Infant Psychology, 11, 175–185.

Nock, M. K., & Prinstein M. J. (2005). Contextual features and behavioral functions of self-mutilation among adolescents. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 114, 140–146.

Noe, R. A. (1988). Women and mentoring: A review and research agenda. Academy of Management Review, 13, 65–78.

Noel, M. (2000). Why geriatrics? Generations: Quarterly Journal of the Ameri-can Society on Aging, 23(4), 83–86.

Nolen-Hoeksema, S. (2003). Women who think too much: How to break free of overthinking and reclaim your life. New York: Henry Holt.

Novaco, R. W. (1994). Anger as a risk factor for violence among mentally disordered. In. J. Monahan & H. J. Steadman (Ed.). Violence and mental disorder: Developments in risk assessment (pp. 89–94). Chicago: Univer-sity of Chicago Press.

Nucci, L. (1997). Moral development and character formation. In H. J., & G. D. Haertel (Eds.), Pscyhology and educational practice (pp. 127–157). Berkeley: MacCarchan.

Nucci, L. (June, 2002). The promise and limitations of the moral self construct. Presidential address at the 30th annual meeting of the Jean Piaget Society: Society for the Study of Knowledge and Development, Mon-treal, Canada.

Nuckolls, K. B., Cassel, J., & Kaplan, B. H. (1972). Psychosocial assets, life crises, and the prognosis of pregnancy. American Journal of Epidemiol-ogy, 95, 431–441.

Nurcombe, B. (2000). Clinical decision making in psychiatry. In M. H. Ebert, P. T. Loosen, & B. Nurcombe (Eds.), Current diagnosis and treatment in psychiatry (pp. 115–120). New York: Lange Medical Books/McGraw-Hill.

Nurcombe, B., & Gallagher, R. M. (1986). The clinical process in psychiatry: Diagnosis and management planning. London: Cambridge University Press.

Nurcombe, B., Gwirtsman, H. E., & Ebert, M. H. (2000). Psychiatric in-terview. In M. H. Ebert, P. T. Loosen, & B. Nurcombe (Eds.), Current diagnosis and treatment in psychiatry (pp. 95–114). New York: Lange Medical Books/McGraw-Hill.

Nussbaum, M. (1986). The fragility of goodness. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Nylund, D. (2002). Treating Huckleberry Finn: A new narrative approach to working with kids diagnosed ADD/ADHD. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

O’Connell, H., Chin, A., Cunningham, C., & Lawlor, B. (2003). Alcohol use disorders in elderly people—Redefining an age old problem in old age. British Medical Journal, 327, 664–667.

Oden, S., & Asher, S. R. (1977). Coaching children in social skills for friendship making. Child Development, 48, 495–506.

Oetting, E. R., & Beauvais, F. (1990). Orthogonal cultural Identifi cation Theory: The cultural identifi cation of minority adolescents. Interna-tional Journal of Addictions, 25, 655–685.

Offer, D., Ostrov, E., & Howard, K. (1981). The adolescent: A psychological self-portrait. New York: Basic Books.

Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency programs. (2000). 1998 youth gang survey. Washington, DC: Author.

Ogden, C. L., Carroll M. D., Flegal K. M. (2008). High body mass index for age among US children and adolescents, 2003-2006. Journal of the American Medical Association, 299, 2401–5.

National Council on Homelessness. (2003). Interagency council on homeless-ness 2003 annual report. Retrieved October 25, 2004, from http://www.ssa.gov/homelessness

National Governors’ Association and National Association of State Budget Officers. (May, 1998). The fiscal survey of states. Washington, DC: Author.

National Institute for Literacy. (1998). Literacy issues in America. Washington, DC: Author.

National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, Early Child Care Research Network. (April, 1997). Mother-child interaction and cog-nitive outcomes associated with early child care. Washington, DC: Author.

National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. (2004). NIH News: Labor takes longer for overweight, study finds. Retrieved December 3, 2004, from http://www.nichd.nih.gov/

National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. (2004b). SIDS: Back to sleep campaign. Babies sleep safest on their backs: Reduce the risk of sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS). Retrieved December 13, 2004, from www.nichd.nih.gov/sids

National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences. (2004). Asthma and its environmental triggers: Scientists take a practical new look at a familiar illness. Retrieved March 15, 2004, from http://www.niehs.nih.gov/oc/factsheets/asthma.htm

National Institute of Mental Health. (1991). Caring for people with severe mental disorders: A national plan of research to improve services (DHHS Publication No. ADM 91–1762). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

National Institute of Mental Health. (2003). Older adults: Depression and suicide facts. Retrieved July 12, 2004, from http://www.nimh.nih.gov/publicat/elderlydepsuicide.cfm

National Institute on Aging. (2001). Portfolio for progress. Bethesda, MD: Author.National Institute on Aging. (2002). AgePage: Sexuality in later life.

Bethesda, MD: Author.National Institute on Aging. (2004). Studies suggest people with early AD can

still learn. Retrieved July 2, 2004, from http://www.nia.nih.govNational Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. (2004). U.S. Census

report on alcohol abuse. Washington, DC: United States Department of Health and Human Services.

National Middle School Association. (2003). This we believe: Successful schools for young adolescents. Westerville, OH: Author.

National Organization for Women. (1995). Violence against women in the United States. Retrieved April 18, 2004, from www.now.org

National Research Council. (1993). Losing generations: Adolescents in high-risk settings. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Research Council. (2001). Educating children with autism. Washington, DC: National Academy Press.

National Youth Gang Center. (2000). 1998 National Youth Gang Survey. Washington, DC: OJJDP.

Neighmond, P. (2008). U.S. Childhood obesity rates level off. National Public Radio, Morning Edition, May 28, 2008.

Neimark, E. D. (1975). Longitudinal development of formal operational thought. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 91, 171–225.

Nelson, H. D., Humphrey, L. L., Nygren, P., Teutsch, S. M., & Allan, J. D. (2002). Postmenopausal hormone replacement therapy: Scientific review. Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 872–881.

Nelson, K., & Fivush, R. (2004). The emergence of autobiographical memory: A social cultural development theory. Psychological Review, 111, 486–511.

Nelson, R. E., Gabler, R. E., & Vining, J. W. (1995). Human geography: People, cultures, and landscapes. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt.

Netting, F. E., Kettner, P. M., & McMurtry, S. L. (2003). Social work macro practice (3rd ed.). Boston: Pearson Allyn Bacon.

Neubeck, K. J., & Cazenave, N. A. (2001). Welfare racism: Playing the race card against America’s poor. New York: Routledge.

Neugarten, B. L. (1986). The aging society. In A. Pifer & D. L. Bronte (Eds.), Our aging society: Paradox and promise (pp. 49–64). New York: Norton.

Newberger, E., Barkan, S., Lieberman, E., McCormick, M., Yllo, K., Gary, L., et al. (1992). Abuse of pregnant women and adverse birth outcome: Current knowledge and implications for practice. Journal of the Ameri-can Medical Association, 17, 2370–2372.

Newman, B. M., & Newman, P. R. (1999). Development through life: A psy-cholosocial approach (7th edition). Belmont: Brooks Cole/Wadsworth.

Newman, B. M., & Newman, P. R. (2002). Development through life: A psy-chosocial approach (8th ed). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Newman, B. S. (1994). Diversity and populations at risk: Gays and lesbi-ans. In F. G. Reamer (Ed.), The foundations of social work knowledge (pp. 22–36). New York: Columbia University Press.

Newman, L. S. (2001). What is “Social Cognition”? Four basic approaches and their implications for research. In P. W. Corrigan & D. L. Penn

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69101691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 691 5/29/09 9:28:02 PM5/29/09 9:28:02 PM

692 R E F E R E N C E S

issues. In K. Riegel & J. Meacham (Eds.), The developing individual in a changing world: Vol. 2, Social and environmental issues (pp. 37–52). The Hague: Mouton.

Parke, R. D., MacDonald, K., Beital, A., & Bhavangri, N. (1988). The inter- relationships among families, fathers, and peers. In R. D. Peters (Ed.), New approaches to family research. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Park-Taylor, J. (2007). Developmental contextualism and cultural adjust-ment of immigrant children. Encyclopedia of Applied Development Science. Sage Publications. Retrieved June 30, 2008, from http://sage-reference.com/applieddevscience/Article_n133.htmml>

Parsons, J. E., Adler, T. F., & Kaczala, C. M. (1982b). Socialization of achieve-ment attitudes and beliefs: Parental influences. Child Development, 53, 322–329.

Parten, M. (1932). Social play among preschool children. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 27, 243–269.

Pasui, K., & McFarland, K. F. (1997). Management of diabetes in pregnancy. American Family Physician, 55, 2731–2739.

Paternoster, R., & Brame, R. (1997). Multiple routes to delinquency? A test of developmental and general theories of crime. Criminology, 35, 49–84.

Patterson, C. J. (2002). Lesbian and gay parenthood. In M. H. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook of parenting (Vol. 3, pp. 317–338). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Patterson, G. R., DeBarsyshe, B. D., & Ramsey, E. (1989). A developmental perspective on antisocial behavior. American Psychologist, 44, 329–335.

Patterson, G. R., Reid, J. B., & Dishion, T. J. (1992). Antisocial boys. Eugene, OR: Castalia.

Patterson, S., Brennan, E., Germain, C., & Memmot, J. (1988). The effec-tiveness of rural natural helpers. Social Casework, 69, 272–279.

Paulson, R., & Sauer, M. (1991). Counseling the infertile couple: When enough is enough. Obstetrics and Gynecology, 78, 462–464.

Pawlak, E. J., & Cousins, L. (1999). School social work: Organizational perspectives. In R. Constable, S. McDonald, & J. P. Flynn (Eds.), School social work: Practice, policy, and research perspectives (pp. 150–165). Chicago: Lyceum Press.

Peak, T., & Toseland, R. W. (1999). Friends don’t really understand: The therapeutic benefit of social group work for caregivers of older per-sons. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Case studies in social work practice (2nd ed., pp. 246–254). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Pearlin, L. I., Mullan, J. T., Semple, S. J., & Skaff, M. M. (1990). Caregiving and the stress process: An overview of concepts and their measures. The Gerontologist, 30, 583–594.

Pecora, P. J., Whittaker, J. K., & Maluccio, A. N. (1992). The child welfare challenge: Policy, practice, and research. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Pecora, P., Whittaker, J., Maluccio, A., & Barth, R. (2000). Family foster care. In the child welfare challenge (2nd ed., pp. 314–318). New York: Aldine DeGruyter.

Peek, C. W., Koropeckyj-Cox, T., Zsembik, B. A., & Coward, R. T. (2004). Race comparisons of the household dynamics of older adults. Research on Aging, 26(2), 179–201.

Pelligrini, A. D. (2002). Rough-and-tumble play from childhood through adolescence: Development & Possible Functions. In C. H. Hart & P. K. Smith (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 303–327). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Pelzer, D. (1995). A child called “it.” Deerfi eld Beach, FL: Health Commu-nications, Inc.

Penedo, F. J., & Dahn, J. R. (2005). Exercise and well-being: A review of mental and physical health benefi ts associated with physical activity. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 18, 189–193.

Penfield, W., & Perot, P. (1963). The brain’s record of auditory and visual experience. Brain, 86, 595–696.

Peng, T. R., Navaie-Waliser, M., & Feldman, P. H. (2003). Social support, home health service use, and outcomes among four racial-ethnic groups. The Gerontologist, 43, 503–513.

Peplau, L. A. (1991). Lesbian and gay relationships. In J. C. Gonsiorek & J. D. Weinrich (Eds.), Homosexuality: Research implications for public policy. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Perkins, K., & Tice, C. (1999). Family treatment of older adults who misuse alcohol: A strengths perspective. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 31(3/4), 169–185.

Perrow, C. (1978). The short and glorious history of organizational theory. In J. M. Shafritz & P. H. Whitbeck (Eds.), Classics of organization theory (pp. 313–323). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Perry, B. D., Pollard, R., Blakely, T., Baker, W., & Vigilante, D. (1995). Child-hood trauma, the neurobiology of adaptation and use dependent de-velopment of the brain: How states become traits. Infant Mental Health Journal, 16, 271–291.

Okamoto, S. K., LeCroy, C. W., Dustman, P., Hohmann-Marriott, B., & Kulis, S. (2004). An ecological assessment of drug-related problem situations for American Indian adolescents in the Southwest. Journal of Social Work Practice in the Addictions, 4, 47–64.

Okun, B. F. (1984). Working with adults: Individual, family, and career develop-ment. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Olshansky, E. (1992). Redefining the concepts of success and failure in infertility treatment. NAACOGS Clinic Issues in Perinatal and Women’s Health Nursing, 3, 313–319.

Olson, J. (1980). Social and psychological correlates of pregnancy resolu-tion among adolescent women: A review. American Journal of Ortho-psychiatry, 50, 432–445.

Oltmanns, T. F., & Emery, R. E. (2004). Abnormal psychology (4th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson/Prentice Hall.

Olweus, D. (1977). Aggression and peer acceptance in adolescent boys: Two short-term longitudinal studies of ratings. Child Development, 48, 1303–1313.

Olweus, D. (1980). Familial and temperamental determinants of aggressive behavior in adolescent boys: A causal analysis. Developmental Psychology, 16, 644–660.

Olweus, D. (2006). Bullying Prevention Program Schoolwide Guide with DVD/CD.

Olweus, D., Limber, S., & Mihalic, S. (1999). The bullying prevention pro-gram: Blueprints for violence prevention. Boulder, CO: Center for the Study and Prevention of Violence.

Ongoing efforts to prevent childhood lead exposure. (1999, June). Journal of Environmental Health, 61, 44–45.

Onishi, K. H., & Baillargeon, R. (2005). Do 15 month-old infants under-stand false beliefs? Science, 308, 255–257.

Opie, I., & Opie, P. (1987). The love and language of schoolchildren. New York: Oxford University Press.

Ortiz, A. (2004). Cruel and unusual punishment: The juvenile dealth penalty, adolescence, brain development and legal culpability. Washington, DC: The American Bar Association, Juvenile Justice Center.

Ortiz, L., & Langer, N. (2002). Assessment of spirituality and religion in later life: Acknowledging clients’ needs and personal resources. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 37(2), 5–21.

Osofsky, J., Hann, D., & Peebles, C. (1993). Adolescent parenthood: Risks and opportunities for mothers and infants. In C. Zeaneh (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 106–119). New York: Guilford Press.

Ossorio, P., & Duster, T. (2005). Race and genetics: Controversies in bio-medical, behavioral, and forensic science. American Psychologist, 60, 115–128.

Ostrom, T. (1984). The sovereignty of social cognition. In R. S. Wyer & T. K. Srull (Eds.), Handbook of social cognition (Vol. 1, pp. 1–32). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ouchi, W. (1981). Theory Z: How American business can beat the Japanese challenge. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Owens, T. J. (2003). Self and identity. In J. Delamater (Ed.), Handbook of social psychology (pp. 205–232). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.

Oyserman, D., Radin, N., & Benn, R. (1993). Dynamics in a three- generational family: Teens, grandparents, and babies. Developmental Psychology, 29, 564–572.

Ozer, E. J., Richards, M. H., & Kliewer, W. (2004). Introduction to the spe-cial section on protective factors in the relation between community violence and exposure and adjustment in youth. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 33, 434–438.

Page, D. S. (1981). Principles of biological chemistry (2nd ed.). Boston: Willard Grant Press.

Pancoast, D. L., & Collins, A. (1987). Natural helping networks. In Ency-clopedia of social work (18th ed., pp. 177–182). Silver Spring, MD: National Association of Social Workers.

Pancoast, D. L., Parker, P., & Froland, C. (1983). Rediscovering self-help: Its role in social care. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Papousek, H., & Papousek, M. (1987). Intuitive parenting: A dialectic coun-terpart to the infant’s integrative competence. In J. Osofsky (Ed.), Hand-book of infant development (2nd ed., pp. 669–720). New York: Wiley.

Papousek, H., & Papousek, M. (1992). Beyond emotional bonding: The role of preverbal communication in mental growth and health. Infant Mental Health Journal, 13, 43–53.

Park, R. E. (1928). Human migration and the marginal man. The American Journal of Sociology, 33, 881–893.

Parke, R. D., & O’Leary, S. (1976). Family interaction in the newborn period: Some findings, some observations and some unresolved

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69201691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 692 5/29/09 9:28:03 PM5/29/09 9:28:03 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 693

Population Reports. (2002). Birth spacing: Three to fi ve saves lives. Popula-tion Reports, Series L, Number 13.

Porzelius, L. K. (2002). Overview. In M. Hersen & L. K. Porzelius (Eds.), Diagnosis, conceptualization, and treatment planning for adults: A step-by-step guide (pp. 6–10). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Potocky, M. (1996). Refugee children: How are they faring economically as adults? Social Work, 41(4), 364–373.

Potocky Tripodi, M. (2002). Best practices for social work with refugees and immigrants. New York: Columbia press.

Potocky-Tripodi, M. (2003). Best practices for social work with refugees and immigrants. New York: Columbia University Press.

Powell, A. G., Farrar, E., & Cohen, D. K. (1985). The shopping mall high school: Winners and losers in the educational marketplace. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Pratt, M. W., McLaren, J., & Wickens, G. (1984). Rules as tools: Effective generalization of verbal self-regulative communication training by first-grade speakers. Developmental Psychology, 20, 893–902.

President’s New Freedom Commission on Mental Health. (2003). Achiev-ing the promise: Transforming mental health care in America. Retrieved December 29, 2004, from www.mentalhealthcommision.gov

Price, C. (2000). Women and retirement: Relinquishing professional iden-tity. Journal of Aging Studies, 14(1), 81–101.

Puri, B. K., Lacking, P. J., & Treasaden, I. H. (1996). Textbook of psychiatry. New York: Churchill Livingstone.

Putnam, R. (2000). Bowling alone: The collapse and revival of American com-munity. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Quatman, T., & Watson, C. M. (2001). Gender differences in adolescent self-esteem: An exploration of domains. The Journal of Genetic Psychol-ogy, 162, 93–117.

Rabasca, L. (2000, March). Listening instead of preaching. APA Monitor, 50–52.Radke-Yarrow, M., Cummings, E. M., Kuczynski, L., & Chapman, N.

(1985). Patterns of attachment in two- and three-year-olds in normal families and families with parental depression. Child Development, 56, 884–893.

Radwin, E. (1993). Literacy and illiteracy. The new Grolier multimedia encyclopedia [CD ROM].

Raine, A., Brennan, P., & Mednick, S. (1994). Birth complications com-bined with early maternal rejection at age one year predispose to vio-lent crime at 18 years. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 984–988.

Raines, J. C. (2006). Improving educational and behavioral performance of students with learning disabilities. In C. Franklin, M. B. Harris, & P. Allen-Meares (Eds.), The School Services Sourcebook: A Guide for School-Based Professionals (pp. 178–195). New York: Oxford University Press.

Ramey, C. T., & Ramey, S. L. (1998a). Early intervention and early experi-ence. American Psychologist, 53, 109–120.

Ramey, C. T., & Ramey, S. L. (1998b). Prevention of intellectual disabilities: Early intervention to improve cognitive development. Preventative Medicine, 27, 224–232.

Ramey, S. L. (1999). Head Start and preschool education: Toward contin-ued improvement. American Psychologist, 54, 344–346.

Rank, M. (2004). One nation, underprivileged: Why American poverty affects us all. New York: Oxford University Press.

Rank, O. (1929). The trauma of birth. London: Kegan Paul.Ransford, H. H., & Palisi, B. J. (1996). Aerobic exercise, subjective health

and psychological well-being within age and gender subgroups. Social Science and Medicine, 42, 1555–1559.

Rapalje, J., Degelman, D., & Ashburn, S. S. (1986). Psychosocial develop-ment during the school-age years. In C. S. Schuster & S. S. Ashburn (Eds.), The process of human development: A holistic life-span approach (pp. 421–453). Boston: Little, Brown.

Rapp, C. A. (1998). The strengths model. New York: Oxford University Press.Rapp, S. R., Espeland, M. A., Shumaker, S. A., Henderson, V. W., Brunner, R. L.,

& Manson, J. E. (2003). Effect of estrogen plus progestin on global cogni-tive function in postmenopausal women: The women’s health initiative memory study: A randomized controlled trial. Journal of the American Medical Association, 289, 2663–2672.

Rauch, J. (1988). Genetic content for graduate social work education: Human behavior and the social environment. Washington, DC: Council of Social Work Education.

Reeder, S., Mastroianni, L., & Martin, L. (1983). Maternity nursing (15th ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott.

Reidas, R. S., Podell, J. L., & Kendall, P. C. (2008). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for child and adolescent anxiety: The Coping Cat Program. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of evidence-based treatment manu-als for children and adolescents (pp. 405–430). New York: Oxford University Press.

Perry, T., Ashford, J. B., & Gonzalez-Santin, E. (2003). Child care privatiza-tion study. Navajo division of social services. Window Rock, AZ.

Perzanowski, C. M. C., Perzanowski, M. S., Raymond, A., & Platts-Mills, T. A. (2001). Home intervention in the treatment of asthma among inner-city children. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 108, 732–737.

Petersen, A. C. (1987, September). Those gangly years. Psychology Today, 28–34.

Petersen, A. C., & Crockett, L. J. (1992). Adolescent sexuality, pregnancy, and child rearing: Developmental perspectives. In M. K. Rosenheim & M. F. Testa (Eds.), Early parenthood and coming of age in the 1990s (pp. 37–79). New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Petersen, A. C., Kennedy, R. E., & Sullivan, P. (1991). Coping with adoles-cence. In M. E. Colten & S. Gore (Eds.), Adolescent stress. New York: Aldine de Gruyter.

Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook of classification. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Peterson, D. R. (1992). Interpersonal relationships as a link between person and environment. In W. B. Walsh, R. H. Price, & K. H. Craik (Eds.), Person-environment psychology: Models and perspectives (pp. 127–155). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Peterson, J. B., & Flanders, J. L. (2005). Play and the regulation of aggression.Petr, C. G. (1998). Social work with children and their families. New York:

Oxford University Press.Petri, H. L. (1986). Motivation: Theory and research (2nd ed.). Belmont, CA:

Wadsworth.Petri, H. L., & Govern, J. M. (2004). Motivation: Theory, research, and applica-

tions (5th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thomson.Petrinovich, L. (1995). Human evolution, reproduction and morality. New

York: Plenum Press.Pfrieger, F. W., Barres, B. A. (1997). Synaptic efficacy enhanced by glial cells

in vitro. Science, 277, 1684–1687.Phillips, C. (2008). Socrates in love. New York: W.W. Norton.Phillips, L. (1998). The girls report: What we know and need to know about

growing up female. New York: National Council on Research for Women.

Piaget, J. (1929). The child’s conception of the world. New York: Harcourt Brace.

Piaget, J. (1967). The child’s conception of the world. Totowa, NJ: Littlefield, Adams.

Piaget, J. (1972). Intellectual evolution from adolescence to adulthood. Human Development, 15, 1–12.

Piaget, J., & Inhelder, B. (1969). The psychology of the child. New York: Basic Books.

Pica, R. (2003). Your active child: How to boost physical, emotional, and cognitive development through age-appropriate activity. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Piguet, O., Grayson, D.A., Broe, G.A., Tate, R.L., Bennett, H.P., Lye, T.C., Creasey, H., & Ridley, L. (2002). Normal aging and executive functions in “old-old” community dwellers: Poor performance is not an inevi-table outcome. International Psychogeriatrics, 14(2), 139–159.

Pindell, T. (1995). A good place to live: America’s last migration. New York: Henry Holt and Company.

Pinderhughes, E. (1994). Diversity and populations at risk: Ethnic minori-ties and people of color. In F. G. Reamer (Ed.), The foundations of social work knowledge (pp. 89–95). New York: Columbia University Press.

Pinker, S. (2002). The blank slate: The modern denial of human nature. New York: Penguin.

Pinquart, M., & Sorensen, S. (2001). Influences on loneliness in older adults: A meta-analysis. Basic and Applied Psychology, 23(4), 245–268.

Pipp, S., Easterbrooks, M. A., & Harmon, R. J. (1992). The relation between attachment and knowledge of self and mother in one-to-three-year-old infants. Child Development, 62, 738–750.

Pistrang, N. (1995). The partner relationship in psychological response to breast cancer. Social Science and Medicine, 40, 789–797.

Pleck, J. H. (1985). Working wives/working husbands. Newbury Park, CA: Sage.Plomin, R. (1990). Nature and nurture: An introduction to human behavioral

genetics. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.Plomin, R. (1994). Nature, nurture, and social development. Social Develop-

ment, 3(1), 37–53.Plomin, R., & Daniels, D. (1987). Why are children in the same family so

different from each other? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 10, 1–16.Pollard, K. M., & O’Hare, W. P. (1999). America’s racial and ethnic minori-

ties. Population Bulletin, 34(3), 3–44.Pomerantz, E. M., & Rudolph, K. D. (2003). What ensues from emotional

distress? Implications for competence estimation. Child Development, 74(2), 329–345.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69301691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 693 5/29/09 9:28:03 PM5/29/09 9:28:03 PM

694 R E F E R E N C E S

Roedding, J. (1991). Birth trauma and suicide: A study of the relationship between near-death experiences and later suicidal behavior. Pre- and Perinatal Psychology Journal, 6, 145–169.

Roff, M. (1963). Childhood social interaction and young adulthood psy-chosis. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 19, 152–157.

Roff, S. (2001). Suicide and the elderly: Issues for clinical practice. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 35(2), 21–35.

Roffman, D. Alan Guttmacher Institute’s Family Planning Perspectives.Rogers, R. (1989). Ethnic and birth-weight differences in cause-specific

infant mortality. Demography, 26, 335–341.Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. Oxford, UK:

Oxford University Press.Rokach, A. (2001). Perceived causes of loneliness in adulthood. Journal

of Social and Behavior Personality, 15, 67–84.Rokeach, M. (1973). The nature of human values. New York: Free Press.Rollins, B. C., & Feldman, H. (1970). Marital satisfaction over the life cycle.

Journal of Marriage and the Family, 32, 20–28.Rosack, Jim, J. (2002). Data Refute Claims of ADHD Overmedication,

Congress Told. Clincal & Research News, 6.Rose, S. (1991). Information processing at 1 year: Relation to birth status

and developmental outcome during the first 5 years. Developmental Psychology, 27, 723–737.

Rose, S. (1992). Infant information processing in relation to six-year cogni-tive outcomes. Child Development, 63, 1126–1141.

Rose, S. A., & Feldman, J. F. (1997). Memory and speed: Their role in the relation of infant processing to later IQ. Child Development, 68, 630–641.

Rose, S. A., Feldman, J. F., Futterweit, L. R., & Jankowski, J. J. (1998). Conti-nuity in tactual-visual cross-modal transfer: Infancy to 11 years. Devel-opmental Psychology, 34, 435–440.

Rose, S. D. (1989). Working with adults in groups: A multi-method approach. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.

Rose, S. D., & LeCroy, C. W. (2005). Behavioral group therapy with chil-dren. In M. Hersen (Ed.), Encyclopedia of behavior modification and therapy: Volume I (pp. 410–435). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Rosenberg, S. (1997). Multiplicity of selves. In R. D. Ashmore & L. Jussim (Eds.) Self and identity: Fundamental issues (pp. 23–45). New York: Oxford University Press.

Rosenblatt, A. (1962). The application of role concepts to the intake process. Social Casework, 43, 8–14.

Rosenblum, O., Mazet, P., & Benony, H. (1997). Mother and infant affec-tive involvement states and maternal depression. Infant Mental Health Journal, 18, 350–363.

Rosenthal, R., & Jacobsen, L. (1968). Pygmalion in the classroom. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Ross, L., Holliman, D., & Dixon, D. (2003). Resiliency in family caregivers: Implications for social work practice. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 40(3), 81–96.

Rothbart, M. K., & Putnam, S. (2002). Temperament and socialization. In L. Pulkkinen & A. Caspi (Eds.), Paths to successful development: Personality in the life course (pp. 44–56). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Rothblum, E. D., & Franks, V. (1983). Introduction: Warning! Sex-role stereotypes may be hazardous to your health. In V. Franks & E. D. Rothblum (Eds.), The stereotyping of women: Its effects on mental health (pp. 12–30). New York: Springer.

Rousseau, M. F. (1991). Community: The tie that binds. Lanbarn: University Press of America, Inc.

Rovee-Collier, C., Sullivan, M., Enright, M., Lucas, D., & Fagan, J. (1980). Reactivation of infant memory. Science, 208, 1159–1161.

Rowe, J. W., & Kahn, R. L. (1998). Successful aging. New York: Pantheon/Random House.

Rubin, K. H., Bukowski, W., & Parker, J. G. (1998). Peer interactions, rela-tionships and groups. In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), Handbook of clinical child psychology vol. 3, Social emotional and personality development (5th ed., pp. 619–700). New York: Wiley.

Rubin, K. N., Fein, G. G., & Vandenberg, B. (1983). Play. In P. H. Mussen (Ed.), Handbook of childhood psychology (4th ed., Vol. 4, pp. 234–256). New York: Wiley.

Rubin, R. (1970). Cognitive style in pregnancy. American Journal of Nursing, 70, 502.

Rushdie, S. (1982, December). The new empire within Britain. New Society, 9.

Russell, A., & Saebel, J. (1997). Mother-son, mother-daughter, father-son, and father-daughter: Are they distinct relationships? Developmental Review, 17, 111–147.

Reinberger, S. (2008). Tempering tantrums. Scientifi c American Mind, October/November, 72–75.

Reiss, I. R. (1980). Family systems in America (3rd ed.). New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Renninger, K. A., & Amsel, E. (1997). Change and development: An intro-duction. In. E. Amsel & K. A. Renninger (Eds.) Change and development: Issues of theory, method, and application (pp. 36–52). Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers.

Resnick, C., & Tighe, E. G. (1997, January). The role of multidisciplinary community clinics in managed care systems. Social Work, 42(1), 91–98.

Rest, J. R. (1986). Moral development: Advances in research and theory. New York: Praeger.

Retschitzki, J., Bossel-Lagos, M., & Dasen, P. R. (1989). La recherche intercul-turelle: Actes du deuxième Colloque de l’ARIC. Paris: LÐHarmattan.

Rhea, M. H., Chafey, K. H., Dohner, V. A., Terragno, R. (1996). The silent victims of domestic violence—who will speak? Journal of Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Nursing, 9, 7–15.

Rice, F., Harold, G., & Thapar, A. (2002). The genetic etiology of childhood depression: A review. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 43, 65–79.

Richard, J. F., Fonzi, A., Tani, F., Tassi, F., Tomada, G., & Schneider, B. H. (2002). Cooperation and competition. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 515–532). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Richardson, J. G., & Simpson, C. H. (1982). Children, gender, and social structure: An analysis of the contents of letters to Santa Claus. Child Development, 53, 429–436.

Richardson, K. (1988). Understanding psychology. Philadelphia: Open Uni-versity Press.

Richardson, K. (2000). Developmental psychology: How nature and nurture interact. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Richardson, V. (2003). A dual process model of grief counseling: Findings from the changing lives of older couples (CLOC) study. Paper presented at the First National Gerontological Social Work Conference, Atlanta, GA.

Richmond, J. B., Stipek, D. J., & Zigler, E. (1979). A decade of head start. In E. Zigler & J. Valentine (Eds.), Project head start: A legacy of the war on poverty (pp. 258–267). New York: Free Press.

Richmond, M. (1917). Social diagnosis. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.Rideout, V. J., Vandewater, E. A., & Wartella, E. A. (2003). Zero to six:

Electronic media in the lives of infants, toddlers, and preschoolers (Publication no. 3378). Menlo Park, CA: Kaiser Family Foundation.

Rideout, V., Roberts, D. F., & Foehr, U. G. (2005). Generation M: Media in the lives of 8–18 year-olds. Kaiser Family foundation.

Ridgeway, C. L. (1983). The dynamics of small groups. New York: St. Mar-tin’s Press.

Rigby, K. (2002). Bullying in Childhood. In C. H. Hart & P. K. Smith (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 29–43). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Rinehart, B. H. (2002). Senior housing: Pathway to service utilization. Journal of Gerontological Social Work, 39(3), 57–75.

Ritter, M. (1996, January 2). Genetic missing link to personality found. The Arizona Daily Star, 1, 7.

Ritz, L. (1999, June). APA Monitor, 30.Ritzer, G. (2004). The McDonaldization of society. Thousand Oaks, CA:

Pine Forge Press.Rix, S. (2004). Update on the older worker: 2003. Washington, DC: AARP

Public Policy Institute.Roberts, P., & Newton, P. M. (1987). Levinsonian studies of women’s adult

development. Psychology and Aging, 2, 154–163.Robertson, I. (1977). Sociology. New York: Worth.Robertson, J. F. (1976). Significance of grandparents: Perceptions of young

adult grandchildren. The Gerontologist, 16, 137–140.Robins, E., Dev, D., & Limaye, A. (2001). Sickle cell disease and hereditary

spherocytosis: A rate combination of hemolytic anemia presenting as cholelilhiasis. International Pediatrics, 16, 164–167.

Robins, L. N., & Rutter. M. (Eds.) (1990). Straight and devious pathways from childhood to adulthood. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Robinson, J. P. (1977). How Americans use time: A social-psychological analysis of everyday behavior. New York: Praeger.

Robinson, N. S. (1995). Evaluating the nature of perceived support and its relation to perceived self-worth in adolescents. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 5, 253–280.

Rockquemore, K. A., & Brunsma, D. L. (2002). Socially embedded identities: Theories, typologies, and processes of racial identity among Black/White biracials. The Sociological Quarterly, 43, 335–356.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69401691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 694 5/29/09 9:28:03 PM5/29/09 9:28:03 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 695

Sandstrom, K. L. (1996). Renegotiating sex and intimacy: The sexual self-images, outlooks, and relationships of gay men with HIV/AIDS. Sym-bolic Interaction, 19, 241–262.

Sandstrom, K. L., Martin, D. D., & Fine, G. A. (2003). Symbols, selves and social reality: A symbolic interactionist approach to social psychology and sociology. Los Angeles: Roxbury.

Santelli, J. S., Lowry, R., Brener, N. D., & Robin, L. (2000). The associa-tion of sexual behaviors with socioeconomic status, family structure, and race/ethnicity among US adolescents. American Journal of Public Health, 90, 1582–1588.

Santor, D. A., & Kusumakar, V. (2001). Open trial of interpersonal therapy in adolescents with moderate to severe major depression: Effectiveness of novice IPT therapists. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 40, 236–240.

Santrock, J. (2007). Adolescence. New York: McGraw-Hill.Santrock, J. W. (1996). Adolescence. Madison, WI: Brown & Benchmark.Santrock, J. W. (2002). Adolescence (8th ed.). Boston, MA: McGraw-Hill.Santrock, J. W. (2003). Life-span development (8th ed.). New York:

McGraw-Hill.Sattar, S., Petty, F., & Burke, W. (2003). Diagnosis and treatment of alco-

hol dependence in older alcoholics. Clinics in Geriatric Medicine, 19, 749–761.

Scanlon, B. (2003). Recognizing depression in later years. Retrieved June 24, 2004, from http://healthyplace.healthology.com

Scarf, M. (1992, July/August). The middle of the journey. Family Therapy Networker, 51–55.

Scarr, S., & McCartney, K. (1983). How people make their own environ-ments: A theory of genotype-environment effects. Child Development, 54, 424–435.

Schaffer, H. R. (1996). Social Development. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.Schaie, K. W. (1977). Toward a stage theory of adult cognitive develop-

ment. Aging and Human Development, 8, 129–138.Schaie, K. W. (1994). The course of adult intellectual development. Ameri-

can Psychologist, 49, 304–313.Schaie, K. W. (1996). Intellectual development in adulthood: The Seattle longi-

tudinal study. New York: Cambridge University Press.Schaie, K. W. (Ed.). (1983a). Longitudinal studies of adult psychological devel-

opment. New York: Guilford Press.Schaie, K. W., & Hofer, S. (2001). Longitudinal studies in aging research. In

J. Birren & K. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the psychology of aging (5th ed., pp. 53–77). New York: Academic Press.

Schaie, K. W., & Willis, S. (2000). A stage theory model of adult cognitive development revisited. In R. Rubinstein, M. Moss, & M. Kleban (Eds.), The many dimensions of aging: Essays in honor of M. Powell Lawton (pp. 175–193). New York: Springer.

Schaie, K. W., & Willis, S. (2002). Adult development and aging (5th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Scheff, T. (1999). Shame and the social bond: A sociological theory. Available at: http://sscf.ucsb.edu.scheff/2.html

Schein, E. H. (1980). Organizational psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Schilling, R., Gilchrist, L., & Schinke, S. (1984). Coping and social support in families of developmentally disabled children. Family Relations, 33, 47–54.

Schneider, B. H. (2000). Friends and enemies: Peer relations in childhood. New York: Arnold Publishers.

Schneider, L., Porsteinsson, A., Peskin, E., & Pfeiffer, E. (2003). Choosing treatment for Alzheimer’s patients and the caregivers. Geriatrics: Medi-cine for Midlife and Beyond, 58(Supplement 1).

Schoem, D., Frankel, L., Zuniga, X., & Lewis, E. A. (Eds.) (1993). Multicul-tural teaching in the university. Westport, CT: Praeger.

Schoen, J., & Fischell, A. (1991). Pain in neonatal circumcision. Clinical Pediatrics, 30, 429–432.

Schouten, F. (2002). Middle school getting edged to the back. USA Today, 12D.

Schriver, J. M. (2004). Human behavior and the social environment: Shifting paradigms in essential knowledge for social work practice. Boston: Pearson.

Schulenberg, J., Wadsworth, K. N., O’Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Johnston, L. D. (1996). Adolescent risk factors for binge drinking dur-ing the transition to young adulthood: Variable- and pattern-centered approaches to change. Developmental Psychology, 32(4), 659–674.

Schultz, D. P., & Schultz, S. E. (1999). A history of modern psychology. Fort Worth, TX: Harcourt.

Schulz, R., & Martire, L. (2004). Family caregiving of persons with demen-tia: Prevalence, health effects, and support strategies. American Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 12(3), 240–248.

Russell, A., Mize, J., & Bissaker, K. (2002). Parent-child relationships. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 203–222). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Russell, C. (2002). An explanation of self-harm. Unpublished manuscript.Russell, J. J. (2000). Topical therapy for acne. American Family Physician,

61, 357–366.Rutter, M. (1981). Maternal deprivation reassessed. Harmondsworth, UK:

Penguin Books.Rutter, M. (1985). Resilience in the face of adversity: Protective factors

and resilience to psychiatric disorder. British Journal of Psychiatry, 147, 598–611.

Rutter, M., & Rutter, M. (1993). Developing minds: Challenge and continuity across the life span. New York: Basic Books.

Ryff, C. D., Singer, B. H., & Seltzer, M. M. (2002). Pathways through chal-lenge: Implications for well-being and health. In L. Pulkkinen & A. Caspi (Eds.), Paths to successful development (pp. 302–328). Cam-bridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ryff, C. D., Singer, B. H., Wing, E., & Love, G. D. (2001). Elective affinities and uninvited agonies: Mapping emotion with significant other onto health. In C. D. Ryff & B. H. Singer (Eds.), Emotion, social, relationships, and health (pp. 133–175). New York: Oxford University Press.

Rygaard, N. P. (1998). Psychopathic children: Indicators of organic dys-function. In T. Millon, E. Simonsen, M. B. Smith, & R. D. Davis (Eds.). Psychopathy: Antisocial, criminal and violent behavior (pp. 247–259). New York: Gilford Press.

Saad, L. (2008). Americans hold fi rm to support for Deathy penalty; only 21% say it is applied too often. Gallup Poll News Service, November 17, 2000.

Sachs, B., Pietrukowicz, M., & Hall, L. A. (1997). Parenting attitudes and behaviors of low-income single mothers with young children. Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 12, 67–73.

Safe Schools (2002). School violence prevention. Retrieved August 21, 2004, from http://www.mentalhealth.org/schoolviolence

Sagi, A., Lamb, M. E., Lewkowicz, K. S., Shoham, R., Dvir, R., & Estes, D. (1985). Security of infant-mother, father, and metapelet attachments among Kibbutz-reared Israeli children. In I. Bretherton & E. Waters (Eds.), Growing points of attachment theory and research (pp. 257–275). Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 50(1–2, Serial No. 209).

Sakamoto, I., & Pitner, R. (2005). Use of critical consciousness in anti-oppressive social work practice: Disentangling power dynamics at personal and structural levels. British Journal of Social Work, 34, 289–321.

Saleebey, D. (1985). In clinical social work practice, is the body politic? Social Service Review, 59, 578–592.

Saleebey, D. (1992a). Biology’s challenge to social work: Embodying the person-in-environment perspective. Social Work, 37, 112–119.

Saleebey, D. (1992b). The strengths perspective in social work practice. New York: Longman.

Saleebey, D. (2001). Human behavior and social environments: A biopsychoso-cial approach. New York: Columbia University Press.

Salthouse, T. (2000). Aging and measures of processing speed. Biological Psychology, 54, 35–54.

Sameroff, A. (1993). Models of development and developmental risk. In C. Zeanah (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 3–13). New York: Guilford Press.

Sampson, R. J., & Laub, J. H. (1990). Crime and deviance over the life course: The salience of adult social bonds. American Sociological Review, 55, 609–627.

Sampson, R. J., & Laub, J. H. (1993). Crime in the making: Pathways and turning points through life. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.

Sampson, R. J., & Laub, J. H. (1997). A life course theory of cumulative dis-advantage and the stability of delinquency. In T. P. Thornberry (Ed.), Developmental theories of crime and delinquency (pp. 133–161). New Brunswick, NJ: Transaction.

Sanchez, S. (1994). Equality of sexes? Give it 1000 years. USA Today.Sanders, S., & McFarland, P. (2002). Perceptions of caregiving roles by sons

caring for a parent with Alzheimer’s disease. The Journal of Gerontologi-cal Social Work, 37(2), 61–67.

Sandmaier, M. (1995, July/August). The gift of friendship. The Family Therapy Networker, 23–34, 66–68.

Sands, R. G., & Goldberg-Glen, R. S. (2004). Factors associated with stress among grandparents raising their grandchildren. Family Relations, 49, 97–105.

Sandstrom, K. L. (1990). Confronting deadly disease: The drama of iden-tity construction among gay men with AIDS. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 19, 271–294.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69501691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 695 5/29/09 9:28:03 PM5/29/09 9:28:03 PM

696 R E F E R E N C E S

Shaw, M. E. (1981). Group dynamics: The psychology of small group behavior. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Shaw, D., Winslow, E., Owens, E., & Hood, N. (1998). Young children’s adjustment to chronic family adversity: A longitudinal study of low-income families. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adoles-cent Psychiatry, 37, 349–362.

Shea, J. D. C. (1981). Changes in interpersonal distances and categories of play behavior in the early weeks of preschool. Developmental Psychol-ogy, 17, 417–425.

Sheehan, D., & Schirm, V. (2003). End-of-life care of older adults. The American Journal of Nursing, 103(11), 48–59.

Sheehy, G. (1976). Passages. New York: Dutton.Sheehy, G. (2006). Passages: Predictable crisis of Adult life. New York:

Ballantine Books.Sheibel, A. B. (1997). How the brain learns and remembers. Retrieved from

htttp://www.leadershipanswers.comShenk, D., Kuwahara, K., & Zablotsky, D. (2004). Older women’s attachments

to their home and possessions. Journal of Aging Studies, 18, 157–169.Sherif, M., & Sherif, C. W. (1956). Groups in harmony and tension. New York:

Harper.Sherif, M., Harvey, O. J., White, B. J., Hood, W. R., & Sherif, C. W. (1961).

Intergroup conflict and cooperation: The robber’s cave experiment. Norman: Institute of Group Relations, University of Oklahoma.

Shields, A. E., Fortun, M., Hammonds, E. M., King, P. A., Lerman, C., Rapp, R., & Sullivan, P. F. (2005). The use of race variables in genetic studies of complex traits and the goal of reducing health disparities. American Psychologist, 60, 77–103.

Shieman, S. (2006). Anger. In J. E. Stets & J. H. Turner (Eds.), Handbook of the sociology of emotions (pp. 494–515). New York: Springer.

Shils, E. (1985). Sociology. In A. Juper & J. Kuper (Eds.), The social science encyclopedia (pp. 604–610). London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.

Shipman, G. (1968). The psychodynamics of sex education. Family Coordi-nator, 17, 3–12.

Shoda, Y., Mischel, W., & Peake, P. K. (1990). Predicting adolescent cog-nitive and self-regulatory competencies from preschool delay of gratification. Developmental Psychology, 26, 978–986.

Shure, M., & Digeronimo, T. F. (1996). Raising a thinking child: The “I can problem solve” program. New York: Pocket Books.

Siegler, R. S. (1998). Emerging minds: The process of change in children’s think-ing. New York: Oxford University Press.

Siever, L. J. (1998). Neurobiology in psychopathy. In T. Millon, E. Simon-sen, M. B. Smith, & R. D. Davis (Eds.). Psychopathy: Antisocial, criminal and violent behavior (pp. 231–246). New York: Gilford Press.

Sigelman, C. K., & Rider, E. A. (2003). Life-span human development. Bel-mont, CA: Wadsworth.

Sigelman, C. K., & Shaffer, D. R. (1991). Life-span development. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Sigelman, C. K., & Shaffer, D. R. (1995). Life-span development (2nd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Sigman, G. S., & Flanery, R. C. (1992). Eating disorders. In D. E. Greydanus & M. C. Wolraich (Eds.), Behavioral pediatrics. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Sigman, M. (1991). Continuity in cognitive abilities from infancy to 12 years of age. Cognitive Development, 6, 47–57.

Silverman, P. R. (1987a). Mutual aid groups. In Encyclopedia of social work (18th ed., pp. 1171–1176). Silver Spring, MD: National Association of Social Workers.

Simmons, R. G., & Blyth, D. A. (1987). Moving into adolescence. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine.

Simmons, R. G., Rosenberg, F., & Rosenberg, M. (1973). Disturbance in self-image at adolescence. American Sociological Review, 38, 553–568.

Simons, R. (1987). After the tears. San Diego, CA: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.Simons, R. L., Simons, L. G., & Wallace, L. E. (2004). Families, delinquency,

and crime. Cary: Roxbury Publishing.Singer, D. G., & Singer, J. L. (1987). Practical suggestions for controlling

television. Journal of Early Adolescence, 7, 365–369.Singer, L., & Yamashita, T. (1997). A longitudinal study of developmental

outcomes of infants with bronchopulmonary dysplasia and very low birth weight. Pediatrics, 100, 987–994.

Sipple, J. W., & Banach, L. (2006). Helping schools meet the mandates of Federal policies: No Child Left Behind and other cutting-edge federal policies. In C. Franklin, M. B. Harris, & P. Allen-Meares (Eds.), The school services sourcebook (pp. 873–882). New York: Ox-ford University Press.

Skeels, H. M. (1936). The mental development of children in foster homes. Pedagogical Seminary and Journal of Genetic Psychology, 49, 91–106.

Skinner, B. F. (1953). Science and human behavior. New York: Macmillan.

Schuster, C. S., & Ashburn, S. S. (1992). The process of human development: A holistic life-span approach (3rd ed.). Philadelphia: Lippincott.

Schwartzberg, N., Berlinger, K., & Jacob, D. (1995). Single in a married world: A life cycle framework for working with the unmarried adult. New York: W. W. Norton.

Schwendinger, R., & Schwendinger, W. (2004). Some characteristics of adoles-cent subculture. Retrieved August 19, 2004, from http://web.tampabay.rr.com/hschwend/

Schwitalla, A. M. (1930). Proceedings of the National Conference of Social Work (pp. 544–551). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Science Daily. (2007). Link found between teens’ stress levels and acne severity. Retrieved December 15, 2008, from http://www.sciencedaily.com

Scott, W. R. (2001). Institutions and organizations. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.Sears, W., & Sears, M. (1995). The discipline book: How to have a better-

behaved child from birth to age ten. New York: Little, Brown.Segal, D., Coolidge, F., & Rosowsky, E. (2000). Personality disorders. In

S. Whitebourne (Ed.), Psychopathology in later adulthood (pp. 89–115). New York: Wiley & Sons.

Seidenfeld, M. K., & Rickert, V. I. (2001). Impact of anorexia, bulimia, and obesity of the gynecologic health of adolescents. American Family Physician, 64, 445–450.

Seidman, S. (2005). The sexualization of love. In T. L. Steele (Ed.), Sex, self, and society: The social context of sexuality (pp. 104–114). Belmont, CA: Thomson/Wadsworth.

Seifer, R., & Dickstein, S. (1993). Parental mental illness and infant develop-ment. In C. Zeanah (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 120–142). New York: Guilford Press.

Seitz, V., Rosenbaum, L. K., & Apfel, N. H. (1985). Effects of family support intervention: A 10-year follow-up. Child Development, 376–391.

Seligman, C. K. (1999). Life-span development. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Seligman, M. E. (1996). The optimistic child: A proven program to safeguard children against depression and build lifelong resilience. New York: Harper Perennial.

Seligman, M. E. P. (1995, May). Is self-esteem really all that important? APA Monitor, 6.

Selman, R. L. (1980). The growth of interpersonal understanding. New York: Academic Press.

Selman, R. L. (1990). Making a friend in youth: Developmental theory and pair therapy. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Selman, R. L. (2003). The promotion of social awareness: Powerful lessons from the partnership of developmental theory and classroom practice. New York: Russell Sage Foundation.

Selman, R. L., Jaquette, D., & Lavin, D. (1977). Interpersonal awareness in children: Toward an integration of developmental and clinical child psychology. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 47, 264–274.

Selye, H. (1936). A syndrome produced by diverse nocuous agents. Nature, 138, 32.

Selye, H. (1956). The stress of life. New York: McGraw Hill.Selye, H. (1982). History and present status of the stress concept. In L.

Goldberger, & S. Breznitz (Eds.), Handbook of stress: Theoretical and clinical aspects (pp. 301–321). New York: Free Press.

Sennett, R. (2003). Respect: In a world of inequality. New York: W. W. Norton.Sennett, R., & Cobb, J. (1972). The hidden injuries of class. New York: Vintage

Books.Sepkoski, C. (1992). The effects of maternal epidural anesthesia on neona-

tal behavior during the first month. Developmental Medicine and Child Neurology, 34, 1072–1080.

Seppa, N. (1996, December). When one’s parents become neighbors. APA Monitor, 34.

Seppa, N. (1997, July). Hard-of-hearing clients often hide their disability. APA Monitor, 28.

Shaffer, D. R. (1993). Developmental psychology: Childhood and adolescence (3rd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Shaffer, D. R. (2002). Developmental psychology: Childhood and adolescence (6th ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Shaffer, D. R., & Cavanaugh, J. C. (2001). Developmental psychology with Infotrac: Children and adolescents. Pacific Grove, CA: Wadsworth.

Shafritz, J. M., & Whitbeck, P. H. (1978). Classics of organization theory. Oak Park, IL: Moore.

Shanahan, M. J., & Elder Jr., G. H. (2002). History, agency, and the life course. In R. A. Dienstbier & L. J. Crockett (Eds.), Agency, motivation, and the life course (pp. 145–186). Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.

Shapiro, I. (2002). Democratic justice and multicultural recognition. In P. Kelly (Ed.), Multiculturalism reconsidered: Culture and equality and its critics (pp. 174–183). Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69601691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 696 5/29/09 9:28:03 PM5/29/09 9:28:03 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 697

Son, S., & Kirchner, J. (2000). Depression in children and adolescents. American Family Physician, 62(10), 2297–2308.

Southern Poverty Law Center (1994). The intelligence report, August. Atlanta, GA: Southern Poverty Law Center.

Sparrowe, L. (1997). The heart of parenting. Yoga Journal, 178–179. Retrieved April 25, 2005, from http://natural-connection.com/ resource/yoga_journal/the_heart_of_parenting.html

Specht, R., & Craig, G. (1987). Human development: A social work perspective. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Spelke, E. (1985). Perception of unity, persistence, and identity: Thoughts on infants’ conception of objects. In J. Mehler & R. Fox (Eds.), Neonate cognition (pp. 46–65). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Spelke, E. (1994). Initial knowledge: Six suggestions. Cognition, 50, 431–445.Spencer, L. J. (1989). Winning through participation. Dubuque, IA: Institute

of Cultural Affairs.Spencer, M. B., & Dornbusch, S. M. (1990). Challenges in studying minority

youth. In S. Feldman & G. R. Elliott (Eds.), At the threshold: The develop-ing adolescent (pp. 323–343). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Spencer, M. B., Dupree, D., Swanson, D. P., & Cunningham, M. (1998). The influence of physical maturation and hassles on African American adolescents’ learning behaviors. Journal of Comparative Family Studies, 27, 189–200.

Spencer, P. E. (1993). Communication behaviors of infants with hearing loss and their hearing mothers. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 36, 311–322.

Spiegel, D. (1993). Psychosocial intervention in cancer. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 85, 1198–1202.

Spiegel, D. (1999). Healing words: Emotional experiences and disease out-comes. Journal of the American Medical Association, 281, 1328–1338.

Spitz, R. (1945). Hospitalism: An inquiry into the genesis of psychiatric con-ditions in early childhood. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 1, 53–74.

Spitz, R. A. (1966). No and yes: On the genesis of human communication. New York: International Universities Press.

Spitze, G., & Gallant, M. (2004). “The bitter with the sweet”: Older adults’ strategies for handling ambivalence in relations with their adult chil-dren. Research on Aging, 26(4), 387–412.

Sprich-Buckminster, S. (1993). Are perinatal complications relevant to the manifestation of ADD? Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 32, 1032–1037.

Spurlock, J. (1984). Black women in the middle years. In G. Baruch & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.), Women in midlife (pp. 67–82). New York: Plenum.

St. Clair, M. (2004). Object relations and self psychology: An introduction. Belmont, CA: Thomson/Brooks Cole.

St. James, J. (1987). Inside baby’s head. Burton, OH: Palamora.Stacey, N., Deardon, R., Pill, R., & Robinson, D. (1970). Hospitals, children, and

their families: The report of a pilot study. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.Stake, J. E., DeVille, C. J., & Rennell, C. L. (1983). The effects of assertiveness

training on the performance self-esteem of adolescent girls. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 12, 435–442.

Starbuck, G. H. (2002). Families in context. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth/Thomson Learning.

Stark, K. D., Schnoebelen, S., Simpson, J., Hargrave, J., Glen, R., & Molnar, J. (2004). Treating depressed children: Therapist manual. Ardmore, PA: Workbook Publishing.

Staub, E. (2004). Basic human needs, altruism and aggression. In A. G. Miller (Ed.), The social psychology of good and evil (pp. 51–84). New York: Guil-ford Press.

Staudinger, U. M., & Bluck, S. (2001). A view on midlife development from life span theory. In M. E. Lachman (Ed.), Handbook of midlife develop-ment (pp. 34–56). New York: Wiley & Sons.

Steele, T. L. (2005). Sex, self, and society: The social context of sexuality. Belmont, CA: Thomson Wadsworth.

Steil, J. M., & Turetsky, B. A. (1987). Is equal better? The relationship be-tween marital equality and psychological symptomatology. In S. Oskamp (Ed.), Family process and problems: Social psychological aspects (pp. 239–248). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Stein, N. (1995, June). New cognitive research making waves. APA Monitor.Steinberg, L. (1990). Autonomy, conflict, and harmony in the family rela-

tionship. In S. Feldman & G. Elliot (Eds.), At the threshold: The devel-oping adolescent (pp. 255–276). Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Steinberg, L. (2001). We know some things: Parent-adolescent relationships in retrospect and prospect. Journal of Research on Adolescence, 11, 1–19.

Steinberg, L. (2004). The ten basic principles of good parenting. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Steinberg, L. (2007). Adolescence. New York: McGraw Hill.

Skodak, M., & Skeels, H. (1945). A follow-up study of children in adoptive homes. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 66, 21–58.

Skodak, M., & Skeels, H. (1949). A follow-up study of one hundred ad-opted children. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 75, 85–125.

Skudera, G. (1999, June). APA Monitor, 30.Slaughter-Defoe, D. T. (1995). Revisiting the concept of socialization:

Caregiving and teaching in the 90s—A personal perspective. American Psychologist, 50, 276–286.

Sleek, S. (1994, November). Therapists, both male and female, fall victim to stereotypes of men. APA Monitor, 6–7.

Sleek, S. (1995, December). Battling breast cancer through group therapy. APA Monitor, 24.

Sleek, S. (1996, October). Research identifies causes of internal homopho-bia. APA Monitor, 57.

Sleek, S. (1998, April). Innocuous violence triggers the real thing. APA Monitor, 1, 31.

Sleek, S. (1998a, June). After the storm, children play out fears. APA Monitor, 12.

Sleek, S. (1998b, August). The basis for aggression may start in the womb. APA Monitor, 37.

Sleek, S. (1998c, November). Better parenting may not be enough for some children. APA Monitor, 30.

Slough, N. M., McMahon, R. J., & the Conduct Problems Prevention Research Group. (2008). Preventing serious conduct problems in school-age youth: The Fast Track Program. Cognitive and Behavioral Practice, 15, 3–17.

Smart, B. (1993). Postmodernity: Key ideas. London: Routledge.Smeeding, T., & Phillips, K. R. (2002). Cross-national differences in em-

ployment and economic sufficiency. Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 580, 103–133.

Smetana, J. G. (2000). Middle-class African American adolescents’ and parents’ conceptions of parental authority and parenting practices: A longitudinal investigation. Child Development, 71, 1672–1686.

Smith, A. (1977). An inquiry into the nature and causes of the wealth of nations. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Smith, C., Perou, R., & Lesesne, C. (2002). Parent education. In M. H. Born-stein (Ed.), Handbook of parenting (2nd ed., pp. 233–264). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Smith, D. (2001, September). Harassment in the hallways. APA Monitor, 38–40.

Smith, M. B. (2002). Self and identity in historical/sociocultural context: Perspectives on selfhood revisited. In Y. Kashima, M. Foddy, & M. J. Platow (Eds.), Self and identity: Personal, social and symbolic (pp. 181–206). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Smith, P. K., & Connolly, K. J. (1980). The ecology of preschool behavior. New York: Cambridge University Press.

Smith, P. K., & Hart, C. H. (2002). The peer group. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 263–264). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Smith, P., & Daglish, L. (1977). Sex differences in parent and infant behav-ior in the home. Child Development, 48, 1250–1254.

Smith, R. (1995, July). The adoption equation, minus race. NASW News, 3.Smucker, W. D., & Hedayat, M. (2001). Evaluation and treatment of

ADHD. American family physician. Retrieved May 28, 2004, from http://www.aafp.org/afp/20010901/817.html

Smyth, K., Feinstein, S., & Kacerek, S. (1997). The Alzheimer’s Disease Sup-port Center: Information and support for family caregivers through computer mediated communication. In P. Brennan, S. Schneider, & E. Tornquist (Eds.), Information and networks for community health care (pp. 72–86). New York: Springer-Verlag.

Snowden, D. (2001). Aging with grace: What the nun study teaches us about leading longer, healthier, and more meaningful lives. New York: Bantum.

Snyder, H., Espiritu, R., Huizinga, H., Loeber, R., Petechuk, D. (2003). Prevalence and development of child delinquency. U.S. Department of Justice Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Child Delinquency Bulletin Series.

Society for Adolescent Medicine (2004). A position paper of the society for adolescent medicine: Confidential health care for adolescents. Retrieved July 28, 2004, from http://www.adolescenthealth.org/

Society for Neuroscience. (1995). Neuron migration and brain disorders. Available at: http://www.sfn.org/briefi ngs/neuron.html.

Solomon, R. C. (2006). About love: Reinventing romance for our times. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Sommers, C. H. (2000). The war against boys. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Sommers, C. H., & Satel, S. (2005). One nation under therapy: How the helping culture is eroding self-reliance. New York: St. Martin’s Press.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69701691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 697 5/29/09 9:28:03 PM5/29/09 9:28:03 PM

698 R E F E R E N C E S

Suomi, S., & Harlow, H. (1972). Social rehabilitation of isolate-reared monkeys. Developmental Psychology, 6, 487–496.

Surgeon General (2007). Retrieved August 22, 2007, from http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/

Suyemoto, K. L., & Kountz, X. (2000). Self-mutilation. The Prevention Researcher, 7, 1–4. Swanson, J. M. (1995). SNAP-IV Scale. Child Development Center, UC Irvine.

Swanson, J. M. (2004). The SWAN Rating scale. Retrieved May 28, 2004, from www.adhd.net

Swearer, S. M., & Doll, B. (2001). Bullying in schools: An ecological frame-work. Journal of Emotional Abuse, 2(2/3), 7–23.

Swearer, S. M., Song, S. Y., Cary, P. T., Eagle, J. W., & Mickelson, W. T. (2001). Psychosocial correlates in bullying and victimization: The rela-tionship between depression, anxiety, and bully/victim status. Journal of Emotional Abuse, 2(2/3), 95–121.

Swinburne, R. (1986). The evolution of the soul. UK: Clarendon Press/Oxford University Press.

Symanski, M. (1992). Maternal-infant bonding: Practice issues for the 1990s. Journal of Nurse-Midwifery, 37, 67–73.

Tajfel, H. (1978). Social categorization, social identity, and social compari-son. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Differentiation between social groups (pp. 61–76). New York: Academic Press.

Tajfel, H. (1982). Social identity and intergroup relations. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1986). The social identity theory of intergroup behavior. In S. Worchel & W. G. Austin (Eds.), Psychology of intergroup relations (2nd ed., pp. 7–24). Chicago: Nelson Hall.

Takaki, R. (1993). A different mirror: A history of multicultural America. Boston: Little, Brown.

Takamura, J., & Williams, B. (2002). Informal caregiving: Compassion in action. Arlington, TX: Arc of the United States.

Takanishi, R. (2004). Leveling the playing field: Supporting immigrant chil-dren from birth to eight. Children of Immigrant Families, 14, 61–74.

Tannen, D. (1991). You just don’t understand: Women and men in conversation. New York: Morrow.

Tannen, D. (2005). Converstational style: Analyzing talk among friends. New York: Oxford University Press.

Tavris, C. (1992). The mismeasure of women. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Tavris, C., & Wade, C. (1984). The longest war: Sex differences in perspective. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Teasdale, J. B., & Barnard, P. J. (1993). Affect, cognition, and change: Re-modeling depressive thought. East Sussex, England: Erlbaum.

Tedder, J. (1991). Using the Brazelton neonatal assessment scale to facili-tate the parent-infant relationship in a primary care setting. Nurse Practitioner, 16, 26–36.

Tedeschi, J. T., & Nesler, M. S. (1993). Grievances: Development and reac-tions. In R. B. Felson & J. T. Tedeschi (Eds.), Aggression and violence: Social interactionist perspective (pp. 13–45). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Teitelbaum, M. A., & Edmunds, M. (1999). Immunization and vaccine-preventable illness, United States, 1992 to 1997. Statistical Bulletin, 13–20.

Tellegen, A., Lykken, D. T., Bouchard, T. J., Wilcox, K. J., & Rich, S. (1988). Personality similarity in twins reared apart and together. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 54, 1031–1039.

Terkel, S. (1974). Working: People talk about what they do all day and how they feel about what they do. New York: Pantheon Books.

Termine, N. (1988). Infants’ responses to their mothers’ expressions of joy and sadness. Developmental Psychology, 24, 223–229.

Thiedke, C. C. (2003). Nocturnal enuresis. American Family Physician, 67, 1499–1506.

Thoman, E. B. (2001). Sleep-wake states as a context of assessment, as components of assessment and as assessment. In. L. T. Singer & P. S. Zeskind (Eds.), Biobehavioral assessments of infants (pp. 423–442). New York: The Guildford Press.

Thomas, A., & Chess, S. (1977). Temperament and development. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Thomas, A., & Chess, S. (1989). Temperament and personality. In G. A. Konnstamm, J. E. Bates, & M. K. Rothbart (Eds.), Temperament in childhood (pp. 249–261). New York: Wiley.

Thomas, R. B. (1987). Family adaptation to a child with a chronic illness. In M. H. Rose & R. B. Thomas (Eds.), Children with chronic conditions: Nursing in a family and community context (pp. 29–54). Orlando, FL: Grune & Stratton.

Thompson, R. F. (2000). The brain (3rd ed.). New York: Worth.

Steinberg, L., & Silverberg, S. (1986). The vicissitudes of autonomy in early adolescence. Child Development, 57, 841–851.

Steinberg, L., Fegley, S., & Dornbush, S. M. (1993). Negative impact of part time work on adolescent adjustment: Evidence from a longitudinal study. Developmental Psychology, 29, 171–180.

Steiner, R. F., & Pomerantz, S. (1981). The chemistry of living systems. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold.

Stepfamily Association of America. (2003, May 28). Stepfamily facts. Retrieved November 13, 2004, from http://www.saafamilies.org/faqs/index.htm

Stephan, W., & Stephan, C. W. (1996). Intergroup relations. Boulder: Westview Press.

Stern, C., Stern, W., & Lamiell, J. T. (1999). Recollection, testimony, and lying in early childhood. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Stern, D. (1985). The interpersonal world of the infant: A view from psycho-analysis and developmental psychology. New York: Basic Books.

Stern, D. (1990). Diary of a baby. New York: Basic Books.Sternberg, R. J. (1986). A triangular theory of love. Psychological Review,

93, 119–135.Sternberg, R. J. (1997). Construct validation of a triangular love scale.

European Journal of Social Psychology, 27, 313–335.Sternberg, R. J. (1998). Cupid’s arrow. New York: Cambridge University

Press.Sternberg, R. J., & Lubart, T. (2001). Wisdom and creativity. In J. Birren &

K. Schaie (Eds.), Handbook of the psychology of aging (5th ed., pp. 500–522). New York: Academic Press.

Stets, J. E. (2006). Identity theory and emotions. In J. E. Stets & J. H. Turner (Eds.), Handbook of the sociology of emotions (pp. 203–223). New York: Springer.

Stets, J. E., & Turner, J. H. (Eds.) (2006). Handbook of the sociology of emotions. New York: Springer.

Steur, F. B., Applefield, J. M., & Smith, R. (1971). Televised aggression and interpersonal aggression of preschool children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 11, 442–447.

Stevens, L. E., & Fiske, S. T. (1995). Motivation and cognition in social life: A social survival perspective. Social Cognition, 13, 189–214.

Stevenson, H. W., & Zusho, A. (2002). Adolescence in China and Japan: Adapating to a changing environment. In B. B. Brown, R. Larson, & T. S. Saraswathi (Eds.), The world’s youth: Adolescence in eight regions of the globe (pp.141–170). New York: Cambridge University Press.

Stewart, R. B. (1983). Sibling Interaction: The role of older child as teacher for the younger. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 29, 47–68.

Stiles, M. M. (2002). Witnessing domestic violence: The effect on children. American Family Physician, 11, 2–11.

Stipp, D. (1995, May 24). Our prehistoric past casts ills in new light, some scientists say. The Wall Street Journal, 1, 5.

Stoller, E., & Gibson, R. (2000). Worlds of difference: Inequality in the aging experience (3rd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Pine Forest Press.

Stoner, J. A. F. (1961). A comparison of individual and group decisions involving risk. Unpublished master’s thesis, Massachusetts Institute of Technol-ogy, Cambridge.

Stoudemire, A. (1994). Clinical psychiatry for medical students (2nd edition). Philadelphia: J. B. Lippincott Company.

Strauss, M., Gelles, R., & Steinmetz, S. (1980). Behind closed doors. New York: Doubleday.

Street, E., & Soldan, J. (1998). A conceptual framework for the psychosocial issues faced by families with genetic condition. Families, Systems, and Health, 16, 217–232.

Streissguth, A., LaDue, R., & Randels, S. (1988). A manual on adolescents and adults with fetal alcohol syndrome with special reference to American Indi-ans. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.

Stroebe, M., & Schut, H. (1999). The dual process model of coping with bereavement: Rationale and description. Death Studies, 23, 197–224.

Strong, B., & Devault, C. (2004). Human sexuality: Diversity in contemporary America. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Stroufe, L. A., Fox, N. E., and Pancake, V. R. (1983). Attachment and dependency in developmental perspective. Child Development, 54, 1615–1627.

Stuart, R. B. (1980). Helping couples change. New York: Guilford Press.Stueve, A., & O’Donnell, L. (1984). The daughter of aging parents. In

G. Baruch & J. Brooks-Gunn (Eds.), Women in midlife (pp. 45–59). New York: Plenum.

Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. (2001). The NHSDA report: Substance use among older adults. Retrieved June 15, 2004, from http://oas.samhsa.gov/2K1/olderadults/olderadults.cfm

Sumner, W. G. (1906/1960). Folkways. New York: New American Library.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69801691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 698 5/29/09 9:28:03 PM5/29/09 9:28:03 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 699

Tyler, T. R. (1989). The psychology of procedural justice: A test of the group value model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 57, 830–838.

U.S. Bureau of the Census. (1995). Retrieved August 22, 2007, from http://www.census.gov

U.S. Bureau of the Census. (2002). Women by the numbers. Retrieved from http://www.infoplease.com/spot/womencensus1.html

U.S. Bureau of the Census. (2004). IDB summary demographic data. Retrieved October 25, 2004, from http://www.census.gov/ipc/www/id-bsum.html

U.S. Centers for Disease Control. (2001). STD surveillance. Retrieved August 13, 2004, from http://www.cdc.gov/std

U.S. Department of Education. (2002). Digest of education statistics 2001. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, Offi ce of Minority Health. Retrieved August 22, 2007, from http://www.omhrc.gov/

U.S. Department of Justice. (1995). Women usually victimized by offenders they know. Bureau of Statistics, available at http://www.usdoj.gov

U.S. Secret Service and U.S. Department of Education. (2002, May). The final report and findings of the safe school initiative: Implications for the prevention of school attacks in the U.S. Retrieved August 17, 2003, from http://www.ed.gov/offices/OSDFS/preventingschoolattacks report.pdf

Underwood, M. K. (2002). Sticks and stones and social exclusion: Aggression among girls and boys. In P. K. Smith & C. H. Hart (Eds.), Blackwell handbook of childhood social development (pp. 533–548). Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Underwood, M. K. (2003). Social aggression among girls. New York: Guilford Press.

Unger, D. G., & Wandersman, L. P. (1985). The importance of neighbors: The social, cognitive and affective components of neighboring. American Journal of Community Psychology, 41, 29–45.

The Urban Institute. (2000). A new look at homelessness in America. Washington, DC: The Urban Institute.

Vale, J. R. (1980). Genes, environment, and behavior: An interactionist approach. New York: Harper & Row.

Vallant, G. E. (1977). Adaptation to life. Boston: Little, Brown.Van Den Bergh, N., & Cooper, L. B. (1987). Feminist social work. In A. Mi-

nahan (Ed.), Encyclopedia of social work (pp. 640–653). Silver Spring, MD: NASW Press.

Van Ijzendoorn, M. H., & Kroonenberg, P. M. (1988). Cross-cultural pat-terns of attachment: A meta-analysis of the strange situation. Child Development, 59(1), 147–156.

Van Strien, J., Bouma, A., & Bakker, D. (1987). Birth stress, autoimmune diseases, and handedness. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsy-chology, 9, 775–780.

Vandenbosche, R. C., & Kirchner, J. T. (1998). Intrauterine growth retarda-tion. American Family Physician, 58, 1384–1391.

Vandermassen, G. (2005). Who’s afraid of Charles Darwin?: Debating femi-nism and evolutionary theory. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefi eld.

Veenstra-Vanderweele, J., & Cook, E. H., Jr. (2003). Genetics of childhood disorders: XLVI, Autism, part 5: Genetics of autism. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 42, 116–119.

Verdoux, H. (1993). A comparative study of obstetric history in schizo-phrenics, bipolar patients and normal subjects. Schizophrenia Research, 9, 67–69.

Vernon, I. S. (2001). Killing us quietly: Native Americans and HIV/AIDS. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.

Vetter, H. J. (1969). Language behavior and communication: An introduction. Itasca, IL: F. E. Peacock.

Viney, W., & King, D. B. (2002). A history of psychology: Ideas and context (3rd ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Viviansayles, P. J. (1993, May/June). The politics of breast cancer. Ms., 54–55.Voda, A. M. (1993). A journey to the center of the cell: Understanding the

physiology and endocrinology of menopause. In J. C. Callahan (Ed.), Menopause: A midlife passage (pp. 41–68). Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Vosler, N. R., & Robertson, J. G. (1998). Non-marital co-parenting: Knowledge-building for practice. Families in Society, 79, 149–159.

Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and language. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.W. Saunderson. (Eds.) Analyzing identity: Cross-cultural, societal and clinical

contexts (pp. 1–76). London: Routledge Taylor & Francis.Wagner, D. A., & Stevenson, H. W. (1982). Cultural perspectives on child

development. San Francisco: W. H. Freeman.Wahl, H. W., & Weisman, G. D. (2003). Environmental gerontology at the

beginning of the new millennium: Reflections on its historical, em-pirical, and theoretical development. The Gerontologist, 43, 616–627.

Thorpe, J. A., & Breedlove, G. (1996). Epidural analgesia in labor: An evaluation of risks and benefits. Birth, 23, 63–83.

Tiger, L. (2004). Men in groups. New York: Transaction publishers.Timasheff, N. S. (1967). Sociological theory. New York: Random House.Tinsley, B., & Parke, R. (1987). Grandparents as interactive and social sup-

port agents for families with young infants. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 25, 259–277.

Tizard, B., & Rees, J. (1974). A comparison of the effects of adoption, res-toration to the natural mother, and continued institutionalization on the cognitive development of four-year-old children. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry and Allied Disciplines, 16, 61–73.

Tomblin, J. B., Spencer, L., Flock, S., Tyler, R., & Gantz, B. (1999). A com-parison of language development in children with cochlear implants and children using hearing aids. Journal of sign language and hearing research, 42, 497–511.

Tornstam, L. (2000). Transcendence in later life. Generations, 33(4), 10–14.

Torrey, E. F. (1988). Nowhere to go: The tragic odyssey of the homeless mentally ill. New York: Harper & Row.

Torrey, E. F. (2001). Surviving schizophrenia: A manual for families, consumers, and providers (4th ed.). New York: Collins Living.

Torrey, E. F. (2008). Schizophrenia and civilization. CFL Humanities press.Toseland, R. W., & Rivas, R. F. (1995). An introduction to group work practice

(2nd ed.). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.Toseland, R. W., & Rivas, R. F. (2001). An introduction to group work practice

(4th ed.). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.Toseland, R. W., & Rossiter, C. (1989). Group interventions to support

caregivers: A review and analysis. The Gerontologist, 29, 438–448.Toseland, R., & Hacker, L. (1982). Self-help groups and professional

involvement. Social Work, 27, 341–347.Towle, C. (1945). Common human needs: An interpretation for staff in pub-

lic assistance agencies. Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Townsend, A., Miller, B., & Guo, S. (2001). Depressive symptomatology in middle-aged and older married couples: A dyadic analysis. Journal of Gerontology, 58B(6), S352–S364.

Tremblay, R. E., Gervais, J., & Petitclerc, A. (2008). Early learning prevents youth violence. Montreal: Centre of Excellence for Early Childhood Development.

Tremblay, R. E., Hartup, W. H., & Archer, J. (Eds.) (2005). Developmental origins of aggression. New York: Guilford Press.

Troiano, R. P., & Flegal, K. M. (1999). Overweight prevalence among youth in the United States: Why so many different numbers? International Journal of Obesity and Related Disorders, 23, 131–136.

Troiden, R. (1989). The formation of homosexual identities. Journal of Homosexuality, 17, 1–2, 43–73.

Trotter, R. (1987, May). You’ve come a long way, baby. Psychology Today, 34–47.

Trout, M. (1995, October). Infant attachment: Assessment, intervention and developmental impact. Workshop presented by M. Trout, Director of the Infant Parent Institute, Tucson, AZ.

Tsuang, M. T., Bar, J. L., Harley, R. M., & Lyons, M. J. (2001). The Harvard Twin Study of Substance Abuse: What we have learned. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, 9, 267–279.

Tulman, L., & Fawcett, J. (2003). Women’s health during and after pregnancy: A theory-based study of adaptation to change. New York: Springer.

Turiel, E. (1998). Moral development. In W. Damon & N. Eisenberg (Eds.), Social, emotional, and personality development, Vol. 3 Handbook of child psychology (5th ed., pp. 863–932). New York: Wiley.

Turiel, E. (2000). The development of morality. In W. Damon & N. Eisenberg (Eds.), Social, emotional, and personality development, Vol. 3, Handbook of child psychology (5th ed., pp. 863–932). New York: John Wiley and Sons.

Turiel, E. (2002). The culture of morality: Social development, context, and confl ict. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.

Turner, J. (1991). The structure of sociological theory. Belmont, CA: Wadsworth.

Turner, J. C. (1987). Rediscovering the social group: A self-categorization theory. New York: Blackwell.

Turner, L. D., Mille, K. W., & Montgomery, M. B. (2002). The Gullah people and their African heritage. Charleston: University of South Carolina Press.

Turner, R. J., & Avison, W. R. (1985). Assessing risk factors for problem parenting: The significance of social support. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 881–892.

Twenge, J. M., & Crocker, J. (2002). Race and self-esteem: Meta-analyses comparing Whites, Blacks, Hispanics, Asians, and American Indians. Psychological Bulletin, 128, 371–408.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 69901691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 699 5/29/09 9:28:04 PM5/29/09 9:28:04 PM

700 R E F E R E N C E S

West, D. J., & Farrington, D. P. (1973). Who becomes delinquent? London: Heinemann.

Westcott, H. L., Davies, G. M., & Bull, R. (2002). Children’s testimony: A handbook of psychological research and forensic practice. New York: John Wiley.

Westen, D., & Heim, A. K. (2003). Disturbances of self and identity in per-sonality disorders. In M. R. Leary & J. P. Tangney (Eds.), Handbook of self and identity (pp. 643–664). New York: Guilford Press.

Westinghouse Learning Corporation. (1969). The impact of Head Start: An evaluation of the effects of Head Start on children’s cognitive and affectional development. Report to the Office of Economic Opportunity. Washington, DC: Learning House for Federal Scientific and Technical Information.

Weymann, A., & Heinz, W. R. (1996). Society and biography. Weinheim: Deutscher-Studien Vertag.

Wheaton, B., & Gotlib, I. H. (1997). Trajectories and turning points over the life course: Concepts and themes. In I. H. Gotlib, & B. Wheaton (Eds.), Stress and adversity over the life course: Trajectories and turning points (pp. 1–25). New York: Cambridge University Press.

White, J. L. (1989). The troubled adolescent. New York: Pergamon Press.White, L. K. (1990). Determinants of divorce: A review of research in the

eighties. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 32, 904–912.White, R. W. (1959). Motivation reconsidered: The concept of competence.

Psychological Review, 66, 297–333.Whitfield, C. L. (1991). Co-dependence: Healing the human condition. Deerfield

Beach, FL: Health Communications.Whiting, B. B., & Whiting, J. W. M. (1975). Children of six cultures: A psycho-

cultural analysis. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.Whitlock, J., Eckenrode, J., Silverman, D. (2006). Self-injurious behaviors

in a college population. Pediatrics, 117, 1939–1948.Whittaker, J. K., & Garbarino, J. (1983). Social support networks: Informal

helping in the human services. Hawthorne, NY: Aldine.Whorf, B. L. (1956). Language, thought, and reality. New York: Wiley.Widmayer, S., & Field, T. (1980). Effects of Brazelton demonstrations on

early interactions of preterm infants and their teen-age mothers. Infant Behavior and Development, 3, 79–89.

Widom, C. S. (1998). Childhood victimization: Early adversity and sub-sequent psychopathology. In B. P. Dohrenwend (Ed.), Adversity, stress, and psychopathology (pp. 81–95). New York: Oxford University Press.

Wilcox, L. S., Kiely, J. L., Melvin, C. L., & Martin, M. C. (1996). Assisted reproductive technologies: Estimates of their contribution to multiple births and newborn hospital days in the United States. Fertility and Sterility, 65, 361–366.

William, T. Grant Foundation (1988). The forgotten half: Non-college youth in America. Washington, DC: Youth and America’s future: The William T. Grant Foundation on Work, Family and Citizenship.

Williams, C. L., & Berry, J. W. (1991). Primary prevention of acculturative stress among refugees. American Psychologist, 46, 632–641.

Williams, D. R. (2001). Race and health: Trends and policy implications. In J. A. Auerbach & B. K. Krimgold (Eds.), Income, socioecomomic status and health: Exploring the relationships (pp. 39–52). Washington, DC: National Policy Association.

Williams, D. R. (2003a). Explaining the crisis: Why poor men of color have the worst health. Facts of life, 8, 2–8.

Williams, D. R. (2003b). The health of men: Structured inequalities and opportunities. American Journal of Public Health, 93, 724–731.

Williams, J. B. W., Karls, J. M., & Wandrei, K. (1989). The person-in- environment (PIE) system for describing problems of social function-ing. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 40, 1125–1127.

Williams, M. T. (2006). Sex education attitudes and outcomes among North American women. Adolescence, 41, 1–14.

Williams, R. B. (2000). Psychological factors, health, and disease: The impact of aging and the life cycle. In S. B. Manuck, R. Jennings, B. S. Rabin, & A. Baum (Eds.), Behavior, health and aging (pp. 135–151). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Williams, S. W., & Dilworth-Anderson, P. (2002). Systems of social support in families who care for dependent African American Elders. The Gerontologist, 42, 224–236.

Willinger, M., Hoffman, H., & Hartford, R. (1994). Infant sleep position and risk for sudden infant death syndrome: Report of meeting held January 13 and 14, 1994, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD. Pediatrics, 93, 814–819.

Willis, D., & Holden, E. (1990). Etiological factors contributing to deviant development. In J. Johnson & J. Goldman (Eds.), Developmental as-sessment in clinical child psychology (pp. 38–57). New York: Pergamon Press.

Waite, L., & Gallagher, M. (2000). The case for marriage: Why married people are happier, healthier, and better off financially. New York: Broadway.

Wald, E. (1989). Family: Stepfamilies. In Encyclopedia of social work (pp. 555–561). Silver Spring, MD: National Association of Social Workers.

Walker, L. (1995). Sexism in Kohlberg’s moral psychology? In W. M. Kurtines & J. L. Gewirtz (Eds.), Moral development: An introduction (pp. 83–107). Boston: Allyn & Bacon.

Wallerstein, J. S. (1995). The good marriage: How and why love lasts. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.

Wallerstein, J. S., & Blakeslee, S. (2003). What about the kids? Raising your children before, during, and after divorce. New York: Hyperion.

Wallerstein, J. S., Corbin, S. B., & Lewis, J. M. (1988). Children of divorce: A ten-year study. In E. M. Heatherington & J. Arasteh (Eds.), Impact of divorce, singleparenting, and stepparenting on children (pp. 259–269). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wallhagen, M., Strawbridge, W., Shema, S., & Kaplan, G. (2004). Impact of self-assessed hearing loss on a spouse: A longitudinal analysis of couples. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 59B(3), S190–S196.

Walsh, B. W. (2005). Treating self-injury: A practical guide. New York: Guilford Press.

Walsh, D. (2005). West not the best for maternity care. British Journal of Midwifery, 13, 87.

Walz, T. (2002). Crones, dirty old men, sexy seniors: Representations of the sexuality of older persons. Journal of Aging and Identity, 7(2), 99–112.

Wang, H. Y., & Amato, P. R. (2000). Predictors of divorce adjustment: Stressors, resources, and definitions. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 62, 655–668.

Wapner, S., Demick, J., Yamamoto, T., & Takahashi, T. (1997). Handbook of Japan-United States environment-behavior research. New York: Plenum Press.

Wark, G. R., & Krebs, D. L. (1996). Gender and dilemma differences in real-life moral judgment. Developmental Psychology, 32, 220–230.

Warner, D. C. (1991). Health issues at the US-Mexican border. Journal of the American Medical Association, 265, 242–247.

Warner, J. (2005). Perfect madness: Motherhood in the age of anxiety. New York: Riverhead Trade.

Warren, K. (1985). Alcohol-related birth defects: Current trends in research. Alcohol Health and Research World, 10, 4.

Waters, D., & Saunders, J. T. (1996). I gave at the office. Networker, 44–50.Waters, M. (1994). Modern sociological theory. London: Sage.Watson, J. B. (1925). Behaviorism. New York: Norton.Watt, H. M. G. (2000). Measuring attitudinal change in mathematics and

English over the first year of junior high school: A multi-dimensional analysis. The Journal of Experimental Education, 68, 331–342.

Wattigney, W. A., Srinivasan, S. R., Chen, W., Greenlund, K. J., & Berenson, G. S. (1999). Secular trend of earlier onset of menarche with increas-ing obesity in black and white girls: The Bogalusa Heart Study. Ethnic Disease, 9, 181–191.

Webb, M. B., & Harden, J. B. (2003). Beyond child protection: The intersec-tion of the child welfare and mental health systems. Journal of Emo-tional and Behavioral Disorders, 11, 49–59.

Webdietician.com (2004). Geriatric nutrition. Retrieved July 25, 2004, from www.webdietician.com

Weinman, J. (1987). An outline of psychology as applied medicine. Bristol, UK: John Wright.

Weinreich, P. (2003). Identity structural analysis. In P. Weinreich & M. J. Weiss, & S. L. Harris, (Eds.). Reaching out, joining in: Teaching social skills to young children with autism (pp. 56–72). New York: Woodbine House.

Weiss, R. S. (1975). Marital separation. New York: Basic Books.Weiten, W. (1992). Psychology (2nd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.Weiten, W. (2003). Psychology: Themes and variations (6th ed.). Belmont, CA:

Wadsworth/Thomson International.Weiten, W., & Lloyd, M. A. (1997). Psychology applied to modern life (5th ed.).

Pacifi c Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.Weiten, W., & Lloyd, M. A. (2002). Psychology applied to modern life:

Adjustment in the 21st century (7th ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.Weiten, W., (2000). Psychology: Themes & Variations. (4th ed., briefer version).

Pacifi c Grove: Wadsworth Brooks/Cole.Weiten, W., (2002). Psychology: Themes & Variations. (5th ed., briefer version).

Pacifi c Grove: Wadsworth Brooks/Cole.Welch, M. J. (2000). American academy of pediatrics guide to your child’s aller-

gies and asthma: Breathing easy and bringing up healthy, active children. New York: Villard.

Werry, J. S., & Quay, H. C. (1971). The prevalence of behavior symptoms in younger elementary school children. American Journal of Orthopsychia-try, 41, 136–143.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 70001691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 700 5/29/09 9:28:04 PM5/29/09 9:28:04 PM

R E F E R E N C E S 701

Yalom, I. (1985). The theory and practice of group psychotherapy (3rd ed.). New York: Basic Books.

Yankelovich, D. (1981). New rules: Searching for self-fulfillment in a world turned upside down. New York: Bantam Books.

Yardley, L., & Smith, H. (2002). A prospective study of the relationships between feared consequences of falling and avoidance of activity in community-living older people. The Gerontologist, 42(1), 17–23.

Yee, D. (2002). Recognizing diversity, moving toward cultural competence. Generations, 26(3), 6–10.

Yeh, C. J., & Drost, C. (2004). Bridging identities among ethnic minority youth in schools. Eric Digest. Retrieved July, 29, 2004, from http://www.ericdigests.org/2002-4/youth.html

Yeh, C. J., & Hwang, M. Y. (2000). Interdependence in ethnic identity and self: Implications for theory and practice. Journal of Counseling and Development, 78, 420–429.

Yelland, N. (1998). Gender in early childhood. New York: Routledge.Yogman, M. (1982). Development of the father-infant relationship. In

H. Fitzgerald, B. Lester, & M. Uogman (Eds.), Theory and research in behavioral pediatrics (pp. 221–279). New York: Plenum.

Young, J. E. (1982). Loneliness, depression, and cognitive therapy: Theory and application. In L. A. Peplau & D. Perlman (Eds.), Loneliness: A sourcebook of current theory, research, and therapy (pp. 375–405). New York: Wiley.

Young, V. H. (1970). Family and childhood in a southern Negro community. American Anthropologist, 72(2), 269–288.

Youth Update. (1994). Building assets for youth. Minneapolis, MN: Lutheran Brotherhood.

YRBSS National Youth Risk Behavior Survey 1991–2003. (2003). United States Department of Health and Human Services, Center for Disease Control and Prevention.

Yurgelun-Todd, D. (2004). Teen brains. Science News. Retrieved from http://www.sciencenews.org/articles/20040508/bob9.asp

Yussen, S. R. (1977). Characteristics of moral dilemmas written by adoles-cents. Developmental Psychology, 13, 162–163.

Zajonc, R. B. (1980). Feeling and thinking: Preferences need no inferences. American Psychologist, 35, 151–175.

Zajonc, R. B. (1984). On the primacy of affect. American Psychologist, 39, 117–123.

Zane, N., Nagayama-Hall, G. C., Sue, S., Young, K., & Nunez, J. (2004). Research on psychotherapy with culturally diverse populations. In M. J. Lambert (Ed.), Bergin and Garfield’s handbook of psychotherapy and behavior change (5th ed., pp. 767–804). New York: Wiley.

Zarit, S. (1980). Relatives of the impaired elderly: Correlates of feelings of burden. Gerontologist, 20(6), 649–655.

Zarit, S., Femia, E., Watson, J., Rice-Oeschger, L., & Kakos, B. (2004). Mem-ory club: A group intervention for people with early-stage dementia and their care partners. The Gerontologist, 44(2), 262–269.

Zastrow, C., & Kirst-Ashman, K. K. (1990). Understanding human behavior and the social environment. Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Zastrow, C., & Kirst-Ashman, K. K. (1994). Understanding human behavior and the social environment (3rd ed.). Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Zeanah, C. H., & Emde, R. N. (1994). Attachment disorders in infancy and childhood. In M. Rutter, E. Taylor, & L. Hersou (Eds.), Child and adolescent psychiatry: Modern approaches (pp. 490–504). Oxford, UK: Blackwell Scientific.

Zeanah, C. H., Mammen, O. K., & Lieberman, A. F. (1993). Disorders of attachment. In C. H. Zeanah (Ed.), Handbook of infant mental health (pp. 249–332). New York: Guilford Press.

Zeiss, A., & Kasl-Godley, J. (2001). Sexuality in older relationships. Genera-tions: Quarterly Journal of the American Society on Aging, 25(2), 18–26.

Zero to Three Diagnostic Classifi cation Task Force. (1994). Diagnostic classifi ca-tion of mental health and development disorders of infancy and early childhood. Washington, DC: National Center for Infants, Toddlers and Families.

Ziegler, J. A. (1994). Experimentalism and institutional change: An approach to the study of improvement of institutions. Lanham: University Press of America.

Zigler, E., & Stevenson, M. F. (1993). Children in a changing world: Develop-ment and social issues (2nd ed.). Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.

Zigler, E., & Trickett, P. E. (1978). IQ, social competence, and evaluation of early childhood intervention programs. American Psychologist, 33, 789–798.

Zigler, E., Taussig, C., & Black, K. (1992). Early childhood intervention: A promising preventive for juvenile delinquency. American Psychologist, 47, 997–1006.

Zimmerman, R. (1997). Social marketing strategies for campus prevention of alcohol and other drug problems. U.S.G.P.O.

Zolotow, C. (1968). My friend John. New York: Harper & Row.Zurcher, L. (1977). The mutable self. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Willis, S. L. (1989). Adult intelligence. In S. Hunter and M. Sundel (Eds.), Midlife myths: Issues, findings, and practice implications (pp. 33–54). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Willis, S. L., & Nesselroade, C. S. (1990). Long-term effects of fluid ability training in old age. Developmental Psychology, 26, 905–910.

Willis, S. L., & Schaie, K. W. (1999). Intellectual functioning in midlife. In S. L. Willis & J. D. Reid (Eds.), Life in the middle (pp. 105–146). San Diego: Academic Press.

Willis, S. L., Willis, S., & Reid, J. D. (1999). Life in the middle: Psychological and social development in middle age. New York: Academic Press.

Willis, S., & Schaie, K. W. (2005). Cognitive trajectories in midlife and cogni-tive functioning in old age. In S. Willis & M. Martin (Eds.), Middle adult-hood: A lifespan perspective (pp. 243–275). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.

Wilmoth, J. M., & Chen, P. (2003). Immigrant status, living arrangements, and depressive symptoms among middle-aged and older adults. Journal of Gerontology Social Sciences, 58B, S305–S313.

Wilson, J. F. (2003). Biological foundations of human behavior. Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole Thomson Learning.

Wilson, K. J. (1987). Anatomy and physiology in health and illness. New York: Churchill Livingstone.

Winawer, S., & Shike, M. (1995). Cancer free: The comprehensive cancer pre-vention program. New York: Simon & Schuster.

Wind, R. (2004). U.S. teenage pregnancy rate drops for 10th straight year. New York: Allen Guttmacher Institute.

Wingood, G. M., & DiClemente, R. J. (2008). An evidence-based HIV pre-vention intervention for African American female adolescents: SiHLE. In C. W. LeCroy (Ed.), Handbook of evidence-based treatment manuals (pp. 85–98). New York: Oxford University Press.

Winkler, A. E. (1998, April). Earnings of husbands and wives in dual-earner families. Monthly Labor Review, 42–48.

Winston, A. S. (Ed) Defi ning difference: Race and racism in the history of psy-chology. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Wintgens, A., Lepine, S., Lefebvre, F., Glorieux, J., Gauthier, Y., & Robaey, P. (1998). Attachment, self-esteem, and psychomotor development in extremely premature children at preschool age. Infant Mental Health Journal, 19, 394–408.

Winwood, G., Sales, J., Braxton, N. D., & DiClemente, R. (2008). Prevent-ing HIV among African American female adolescents: Development and evaluation of a gender and culturally congruent preventive inter-vention. In C. W. LeCroy & J. Mann (Eds.), Handbook of Prevention and Intervention programs for adolescent girls (pp. 85–98). New York: Wiley.

Wisch, A. F., Mahalik, J. R., Hayes, J. A., & Nutt, E. A. (1995). The impact of gender role conflict and counseling technique on psychological help seeking men. Sex Roles, 33, 77–89.

Wisniewski, J. J., & Toomey, B. G. (1987). Are social workers homophobic? Social Work, 32, 454–464.

Wolf, R. S. (2000). The nature and scope of elder abuse. Generations, 24(11), 6–12.

Wolff, P. H. (1966). The causes, controls, and organization of behavior in the neonate. Psychological Issues, 5, 1–105.

Women’s Health Initiative. (2002). Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: Principal results from the women’s health initiative randomized control trial. Journal of the American Medical Association, 288, 321–333.

Wood, N. (1974). Many winters. Santa Fe, NM: William Gannon.Wood, W. (1987). Meta-analytic review of sex differences in group perfor-

mance. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 53–71.Woodward, K. (2002). Understanding identity. London: Arnold.Woolley, M. E. (2006). Advancing a positive school climate for students,

families, and staff. In C. Franklin, M. B. Harris, and P. Allen-Meares (Eds.), The School Services Sourcebook: A Guide for School-based profes-sionals (pp. 246–252). New York: Oxford University Press.

Worden, J. (2002). Grief counseling and grief therapy: A handbook for the mental health practitioner (3rd ed.). New York: Springer.

Worden, W. (1991). Grief counseling and grief therapy: A handbook for the mental health practitioner. New York: Springer.

World Health Organization International Agency for Research on Cancer. (June 2003). World Cancer Report. Retrieved February 3, 2008.

Wulf, S. (1997, October, 27). How to teach our children well. Time, 62–69.

Wyer, R. S., & Srull, T. K. (Eds.). (1984). Handbook of social cognition (Vol. 1). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Wynn, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human infants. Nature, 358, 749–750.

Yaffe, D. (2005). Osteoporosis drug reduces women’s risk of mild cognitive impairment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 143, 43–56.

01691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 70101691_14_ref_669-701 pp2.indd 701 5/29/09 9:28:04 PM5/29/09 9:28:04 PM